{"title":"All Accessories","description":"\u003cp\u003eAt HD Zürisee, accessories means everything that completes a system without being the source, amplifier or speakers itself – from the wall bracket to the record brush to the replacement power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis catch-all category deliberately bundles very different things: \u003cstrong\u003ewall brackets\u003c\/strong\u003e for speakers and soundbars, \u003cstrong\u003eremote controls\u003c\/strong\u003e and spare parts, \u003cstrong\u003erecord care\u003c\/strong\u003e (brushes, cleaning fluids, felt mats) for anyone with a turntable, \u003cstrong\u003epower supplies\u003c\/strong\u003e as an upgrade for existing decks, plus small helpers like Bluetooth receivers and connectors. If you're looking for a specific product, you'll find it here more easily through search or filters than by scrolling – but if you want to browse, you're in exactly the right place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHonestly: not every accessory changes the sound audibly, some are simply practical (bracket, remote), others are genuinely worthwhile (a good record brush saves both styli and nerves). If you're not sure what suits your device – whether a particular wall bracket fits your speaker, which power supply your deck can handle – call us in Wädenswil or write to us; that's quicker to sort out than trial and error.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor the bigger building blocks of your system, check out the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/streaming\"\u003estreaming devices\u003c\/a\u003e, the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino\"\u003ehome cinema components\u003c\/a\u003e or the ready-to-go \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/hifi-sets\"\u003eHiFi sets\u003c\/a\u003e, or browse directly by \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/marken\"\u003ebrand\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes every wall bracket fit every speaker?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo, wall brackets are usually model-specific or designed for a particular weight and mounting-hole pattern. When in doubt, quickly ask us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a separate power supply for the turntable worth it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor many decks, yes – a more stable power supply can noticeably improve speed stability and quietness in the sound. How much it helps with your model, we're happy to discuss in person.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy buy accessories at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause we know what goes together – from years of practical experience in the store, not just from a catalogue. Call us, write to us, or drop by with your question.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"advance-paris-wtx-700-evo-bluetooth-empfaenger","title":"Advance Paris WTX-700 EVO Bluetooth Receiver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Advance Paris WTX-700 EVO is a compact Bluetooth receiver with aptX HD and its own D\/A converter that plugs directly into an amplifier's RCA inputs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis makes any existing system wireless – no rewiring, no cable run across the living room. The module measures less than six centimeters, weighs 24 grams, and disappears behind the device instead of taking up space in front of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the WTX-700 EVO?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost Bluetooth adapters sound like an afterthought from the bargain bin. Not the WTX-700 EVO: Advance Paris gives it a dedicated converter from Texas Instruments (PCM5102) and aptX HD. Music from your smartphone arrives at the amplifier converted with high resolution and cleanly, not as a compressed makeshift. Bluetooth 5.0 keeps the connection stable, with roughly ten meters of range covering the sofa, the kitchen counter, and everything in between.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA plug-in module measuring 6 × 1.4 × 5.5 centimeters that goes into a free RCA line input – AUX, CD or Tape, whichever's available. It's powered by a small plug-in power supply that Advance Paris includes – so it's not entirely without an outlet, but it needs no installation at all. Plug in, pair your phone, music plays: internet radio, podcasts, local files, or a streaming service if you use one. A subscription is explicitly not a requirement. And because the connection is simply RCA, the WTX-700 EVO works on any amplifier, not just Advance Paris devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the WTX-700 EVO right for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain talk: if you want multiroom, Wi-Fi streaming or app control, you need a real network streamer – the WTX-700 EVO can only do Bluetooth. If you want to control the level at the module itself, you're also out of luck: the output delivers a fixed line level, and your amplifier handles the volume. But for anyone who wants to give their trusted system easy smartphone access, it's the most elegant solution around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmallest form factor, biggest gain in convenience: the WTX-700 EVO is the missing link between smartphone and system – and the only Bluetooth receiver you'll never see again once it's installed. We're happy to help you figure out which input on your amplifier suits it best – a two-minute call to HD Zürisee in Wädenswil: 044 680 22 00 or WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Bluetooth audio receiver, RCA plug-in module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBluetooth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Version 5.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCodecs:\u003c\/strong\u003e aptX HD, aptX, AAC, SBC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRange:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 10 m in open space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eD\/A converter:\u003c\/strong\u003e Texas Instruments PCM5102\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eResolution:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 24-bit \/ 48 kHz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e RCA stereo, plugged directly into the line input\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput level:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixed (line level), no level control on the device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeadphone output:\u003c\/strong\u003e not available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrequency response:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 Hz – 20 kHz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistortion:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.0027 %\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower supply:\u003c\/strong\u003e external plug-in power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W×H×D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.0 × 1.4 × 5.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e WTX-700 EVO, plug-in power supply, instruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the WTX-700 EVO work with any amplifier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with any device that has a free RCA line input – regardless of brand. You plug the module into AUX, CD or Tape, connect the included power supply, select the input, and pair your smartphone. An Advance Paris system is explicitly not required. Even amplifiers from the nineties work perfectly fine with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the WTX-700 EVO need a power supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The WTX-700 EVO is powered by an external plug-in power supply that Advance Paris includes – the RCA plug alone carries no power. So plan for a free outlet near the device. Nothing else needs to be installed or configured, though: plug in, pair, done. The module then stays plugged in permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow good is the sound quality over Bluetooth?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNoticeably better than typical Bluetooth adapters. aptX HD transmits at up to 24 bits and 48 kilohertz, and the dedicated PCM5102 converter handles the analog conversion. Android devices mostly use aptX or aptX HD, iPhones use AAC – both sound clean, though AAC doesn't quite exploit the full resolution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect headphones directly to the WTX-700 EVO?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the WTX-700 EVO has no headphone output. It passes the signal exclusively via the RCA stereo output at a fixed line level – volume and headphones are handled by the amplifier behind it. If you want to listen wirelessly on headphones, you'll need a Bluetooth transmitter or an amplifier with transmit capability instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the WTX-700 EVO at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we'll tell you in advance which input it belongs on and what codecs your smartphone supports. Those two minutes save you frustration afterward. Plus you get advice that doesn't end with the purchase: call us at 044 680 22 00 or write via WhatsApp to 076 534 22 00.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/vollverstarker\"\u003eintegrated amplifier\u003c\/a\u003e with a free RCA input is the natural habitat, other \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/bluetooth-receiver\"\u003eBluetooth receivers\u003c\/a\u003e are ready for comparison – and the whole range is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/advance-paris\"\u003eAdvance Paris overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Advance Paris","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989479911760,"sku":null,"price":149.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/advance-paris-wtx-700-evo-bluetooth-empfaenger-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785410532"},{"product_id":"analogisbrush4","title":"Analogis Brush 4 The Goat Goat-Hair Brush","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Analogis Brush 4 The Goat is a goat-hair brush for vinyl records that lifts fine dust out of the groove with soft natural bristles, without stressing the vinyl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the calm middle ground between a quick carbon-fibre brush and a full machine wash – and according to Analogis especially effective when you add a little record-cleaning fluid to the bristles. Dry or damp: both are part of its repertoire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Brush 4 The Goat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGoat hair is naturally soft, fine and oil-resistant. The bristles reach deep into the groove and lift dust away instead of just pushing it around – and they're antistatic, which noticeably reduces the electrical charge build-up while brushing. Think of it like the brush used to dust a valuable oil painting: thorough, but never rough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGentle deep cleaning:\u003c\/strong\u003e fine natural hairs lift dust out of the groove without stressing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDry or damp:\u003c\/strong\u003e dry for everyday dust, with a little record-cleaning fluid on the bristles for more stubborn residue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntistatic:\u003c\/strong\u003e less charge build-up, less crackle, a calmer stylus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuality beechwood handle:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits solidly in the hand, no throwaway plastic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Brush 4 The Goat right for – and who isn't it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal if you want to regularly clear your collection of everyday dry dust and occasionally go a bit deeper. Straight talk: it doesn't replace a record-washing machine – for that sticky flea-market find with decades of grime, the machine is still your best bet. For everything short of that, the goat is exactly right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA small, honest care tool that delivers more in everyday use than its price suggests – and looks good next to the turntable too. If you're not sure which care your setup really needs, we'll tell you straight at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil what's worth it and what you can skip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cleaning brush for vinyl records, dry or with cleaning fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle material:\u003c\/strong\u003e beechwood (natural)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBristle material:\u003c\/strong\u003e genuine goat hair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 100 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 50 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × goat-hair brush with beechwood handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the brush shed hairs at the start?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA few loose hairs can come out at first – that's normal for natural hair and not a defect. Give the brush a firm stroke before its first use and this settles down quickly; it then keeps its shape for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the Brush 4 The Goat with cleaning fluid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's exactly what it's made for. Analogis recommends putting a little record-cleaning fluid on the bristles and holding the brush against the spinning record. Used dry it removes dust; used damp it also lifts more stubborn residue out of the groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace a record-washing machine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It's more than enough for dust and light residue, even with fluid. Heavily soiled or sticky records belong in a wet or ultrasonic clean. The two complement each other well: the machine gets it clean, the brush keeps it clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich records is it suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor all common vinyl records, from entry-level turntables to high-end decks. The soft goat hair is gentle on the material and also suits older, valuable pressings. For shellac records, better stick to your turntable manufacturer's recommendation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Analogis Brush 4 The Goat at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we know from experience which care actually pays off in everyday use – and which just costs money. As an experienced team in Wädenswil, we'll give you honest advice on cleaning and setting up your turntable. Call us on 044 680 22 00, message us on WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or by email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor everything around record care, you'll find what you need among our \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eturntables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003ecartridges\u003c\/a\u003e and further \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonarme\"\u003etonearm accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Analogis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989480468816,"sku":null,"price":29.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/analogis-brush-4-the-goat-ziegenhaar-buerste-schallplatten-frontansicht.jpg?v=1785419684"},{"product_id":"analogismatseven","title":"Turntable Felt Mat (Universal), Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis universal turntable mat is a 0.9 millimeter thin felt disc with a 295 millimeter diameter that fits practically any standard turntable platter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's what you'd call an honest consumable: if your turntable's original mat has gone missing, hardened, or simply worn out after decades, you lay this one down and you're done. About 13 grams light, black, with no printing – it doesn't push itself into the foreground, visually or acoustically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy a felt mat at all?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause something should sit between vinyl and bare metal. Felt separates the record from the platter, damps light resonances, and stops the sensitive record surface from scratching against a hard surface. The second reason is thickness: at 0.9 millimeters, this mat lies so flat that your tonearm's vertical tracking angle practically doesn't change. You swap the mat, keep playing, and don't need to remeasure anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA smooth, evenly cut felt disc in a standard size that stays flat and doesn't warp. 295 millimeters is chosen so the mat covers the platter completely without overhanging the edge. At 13 grams, it simply doesn't register with the drive – neither the belt nor the bearing notices it's there. And because felt glides, it also comes in handy for cueing and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is this mat for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor anyone replacing a missing or worn-out standard mat, and for anyone with a glass platter where the record would otherwise slip. Straight talk: this is a solid basic accessory, not a sonic miracle – if you want targeted damping and to change the tuning, you're better served by cork, leather, or a heavy specialty mat. And felt can encourage static buildup: if your records already crackle when you lift them, this mat won't solve that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnspectacular, and exactly right for that. A thin felt mat is the simplest way to put a bare platter back into service without touching the setup. If you want more, there's more out there – if you're just after a proper mat, you're done here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Turntable mat (universal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Felt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 295 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.9 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 13 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the mat fit my turntable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 295 millimeters in diameter, it fits practically every standard turntable platter, since most fall between 290 and 300 millimeters. If in doubt, measure your platter across once. A slight overhang isn't a problem, since the mat is soft and won't stand up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to readjust anything after swapping it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenerally not. At 0.9 millimeters, the mat is so thin that the record plane, and with it the vertical tracking angle, barely shifts. Only if you're switching from a noticeably thicker rubber or cork mat is a check of your tonearm height worthwhile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it on a glass platter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, and there it's actually especially useful, because vinyl tends to slip on bare glass. That said, expect that felt on glass can encourage static buildup. If the record crackles when you lift it, an anti-static treatment or a cork mat can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the felt mat at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause even small accessories need to suit the equipment. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, we draw on years of experience to advise you on which mat suits your turntable and your sound goals – felt, cork, or leather. Call us at 044 680 22 00 or message us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePairs well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find matching turntables under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e, more accessories in \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, and everything about \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/platten-reinigung\"\u003eRecord Cleaning\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Dynavox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989480501584,"sku":null,"price":27.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/plattentellerauflage-filzmatte-universal-schwarz-draufsicht.jpg?v=1785884008"},{"product_id":"analogismattwo","title":"Analogis Mat Two Cork Turntable Mat","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Analogis Mat Two is a turntable mat made of pure natural cork that reduces static charge and damps platter resonances more effectively than felt or rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 296 mm in diameter, it fits almost any common turntable – a small, affordable upgrade with an audible effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Mat Two?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCork is naturally antistatic and acts as a mechanical filter: the 2.5 mm of material breaks up the harsh vibrations of the metal platter before they reach the stylus. Switching from rubber or felt to cork is like moving from an echoey new-build flat into a cozy wooden house – playback turns warmer and feels more \"real\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAntistatic:\u003c\/strong\u003e no more annoying crackle and no more mat sticking to the record.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBetter damping:\u003c\/strong\u003e absorbs platter resonances more efficiently than standard felt – more calm, more precision in the bass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal:\u003c\/strong\u003e 296 mm diameter, fits most common turntables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight and flat:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33 g and 2.5 mm barely change the bearing load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Mat Two for – and who isn't it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal as an upgrade over the stock felt or rubber mat, especially in dry, heated rooms where vinyl likes to build up static. Straight talk: if your tonearm has no VTA\/height adjustment and you were previously using a very thin mat, check the tracking angle briefly – 2.5 mm can raise the tonearm slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLittle money, noticeable effect: less static, cleaner tracking, warmer tonal foundation. Which mat thickness and material suit your turntable is something we're happy to work out with you at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil – before you swap blindly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e turntable mat (slipmat) for record players\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e pure natural cork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDiameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 296 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.5 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 33 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFit:\u003c\/strong\u003e universal for common turntables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × cork turntable mat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs cork really better than the original rubber mat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn most cases, yes. Rubber does damp vibrations, but it often makes the sound feel a bit lifeless. Cork lets the music breathe and prevents static build-up – a real win in winter with dry heating air. How pronounced the effect is depends on the turntable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the Mat Two fit my turntable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 296 mm in diameter, it fits the vast majority of common platters, from Rega and Pro-Ject to Technics. With a very thin previous mat and a tonearm without height adjustment, it's worth a quick check of the tracking angle, since 2.5 mm adds a bit of height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cork crumble over time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot at this quality. The cork is densely pressed and lasts for years, as long as you don't fold the mat. Cork is durable but more brittle than rubber – so store it flat and don't fold it. Dust simply taps off or brushes off dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to readjust antiskating or tracking force?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTracking force stays the same, and so does antiskating. Only the tonearm height can shift slightly by the mat's thickness. If your tonearm has height adjustment, level it parallel to the record again after the switch – that takes two minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Analogis Mat Two from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we'll tell you honestly whether a new mat will actually do anything for your setup – and which one. As a specialist shop in Wädenswil with our own technician, we advise you on mat, setup and sound. Reach us at 044 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or by email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the right match for your turntable among our \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eturntables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003ecartridges\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonarme\"\u003etonearms\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Analogis","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989480534352,"sku":null,"price":39.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/analogis-mat-two-korkmatte-plattentellerauflage-naturkork-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785419684"},{"product_id":"avm-rc-3-infrarot-fernbedienung-fuer-avm-geraete","title":"AVM RC 3 Infrared Remote Control for AVM Devices","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe AVM RC 3 is AVM's infrared system remote control, used to operate the brand's amplifiers, preamplifiers, CD players and streamers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore buying, only one question matters: does it come with your device – or not? AVM handles that differently depending on the series. AVM includes it with the integrated amplifiers of the Ovation A line and the AVM 30 anniversary series. For the streaming models of the Ovation line – CS, SD and MP – as well as for Evolution and Inspiration, the manuals expressly list it as optional accessory. Housing machined from solid aluminum in silver, twelve buttons, no display, no menu, no pairing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the RC 3?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it's far from included with every AVM device. For the Ovation models CS 6.3 and CS 8.3, SD 6.3 and SD 8.3, as well as MP 6.3 and MP 8.3, the AVM manuals list the RC 3 and the RC 8 as \"optional accessory\" – in the box there is app control, and even the larger RC 9 costs extra. The same goes for the Evolution models CS, AS and PAS 3.3 and 5.3, as well as for the Inspiration CS 2.3. Anyone who wants to operate their device the classic way from the sofa instead of via app therefore buys the RC 3 separately. The second reason is more mundane: the old one is gone. Experience shows it turns up again two weeks after you buy a replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA full-fledged second or replacement remote control for your AVM system. It switches on and off, selects the input, adjusts the volume and operates the transport and radio functions – play, stop, skip, station. Transmission runs purely on infrared: no network, no dongle, no pairing, no firmware maintenance. On newer devices, \"set IR control\" in the menu just needs to be set to ON, otherwise the device simply doesn't listen. Power comes from two CR2032 button cells. For older AVM components, the RC 3 can be individually programmed on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the RC 3 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlain talk:\u003c\/strong\u003e for anyone with an infrared-capable AVM device who's missing the remote – because it never came with it, because it's gone missing, or because a second one is needed for a second room. That's exactly the normal case with the Ovation streamers CS, SD and MP, not the exception. It's not the right choice for the Ovation CS 8.3 S, which AVM ships with the RC 5, or for the phono preamplifier Ovation PH 8.3, which brings its own remote, the RC PH. Anyone who wants playlists, stations and cover art in hand is better served by the RC 9 or RC 10 – and anyone who only ever reaches for the app doesn't need one at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot a device you'd proudly show off – but one that makes everyday life with a good system noticeably more pleasant. Solidly machined, clearly labeled, without frills. The only thing that matters is the question up front: does it fit your model? We clarify that beforehand, not afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: infrared system remote control (accessory)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTransmission: infrared (IR) – no radio link, no dongle, no pairing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequirement on the device: IR reception enabled (\"set IR control\" = ON)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHousing: aluminum, machined from solid, silver finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eButtons: 12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunctions: on\/off (ON, OFF), input selection (INPUT), volume (VOLUME), play, stop, skip, station\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded as standard with (per AVM manual): Ovation A 6.3 and A 8.3, AVM 30 series (A 30.3, PA 30.3, CD 30.3, AS 30.3, CS 30.3, PAS 30.3), Ovation A 6.2, Ovation PA 8.2, Evolution CD 3.2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional accessory, not included (per AVM manual): Ovation CS 6.3 and CS 8.3, Ovation SD 6.3 and SD 8.3, Ovation MP 6.3 and MP 8.3, Evolution CS \/ AS \/ PAS 3.3 and 5.3, Inspiration CS 2.3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot applicable: Ovation CS 8.3 S (comes with the RC 5), Ovation PH 8.3 (comes with its own RC PH for gain, equalization curve and termination)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNote on naming: some AVM scope-of-delivery lists say \"radio remote control\"; the same manuals list the RC 3 in the text as a classic infrared remote control and require \"set IR control\" to be set to ON\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgrammability: can be individually programmed for older AVM components on request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarger alternatives: AVM RC 8 (classic IR remote control), AVM RC 9 \/ RC 10 (radio with charging station and color display; AVM lists the RC 9 in the AVM 30.3 manual as no longer available)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatteries: 2 × lithium button cell CR2032, 3 V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhat's included: RC 3 remote control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich AVM devices does the RC 3 work with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RC 3 controls all infrared-remotable AVM devices – amplifiers, preamplifiers, CD players and streamers. It's included with the integrated amplifiers Ovation A 6.3 and A 8.3 as well as the AVM 30 series. For the Ovation models CS, SD and MP it's an optional accessory according to the manual, but it works just the same there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich AVM devices does the RC 3 not come with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith the Ovation models CS 6.3 and CS 8.3, SD 6.3 and SD 8.3 as well as MP 6.3 and MP 8.3, plus the Evolution models CS, AS and PAS 3.3 and 5.3 and the Inspiration CS 2.3. The AVM manuals list the RC 3 there as an optional accessory. That's exactly why it's available separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the AVM RC 3 an infrared or a radio remote control?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInfrared. The manuals for the Ovation models CS, SD and MP explicitly describe the RC 3 and RC 8 as classic infrared remote controls and require the setting \"set IR control\" to be ON for reception. The term \"radio remote control\" in some scope-of-delivery lists is a translation error. Real radio links only appear starting with the RC 9 and RC 10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the RC 3 fit the Ovation CS 8.3 S or the phono preamplifier PH 8.3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, these two devices have their own remote controls. AVM includes the RC 5 with the Ovation CS 8.3 S, and the RC PH with the phono preamplifier Ovation PH 8.3, for gain, equalization curve and termination. If in doubt, tell us your model and we'll check before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does the AVM RC 3 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo lithium button cells of type CR2032 with 3 volts. AVM recommends always replacing both together with the same type. The RC 3 needs no more maintenance than that: it works purely on infrared, without pairing, without network and without firmware updates – and it lasts a very long time on one set of cells.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the AVM RC 3 at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we tell you beforehand whether it fits your device. We've worked with AVM in Wädenswil for many years, and we know the series and the differences in what's included. That way you don't order a remote control your device doesn't even understand. Call us at 044 680 22 00 or write on WhatsApp to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFind the matching device under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/alle-verstaerker\"\u003eAll Amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/cd-player\"\u003eCD Players \u0026amp; CD Transports\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/streamer\"\u003eStreamers \u0026amp; Network Players\u003c\/a\u003e. More accessories are gathered under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AVM","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989490463056,"sku":"303163","price":200.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/avm-rc-3-infrarot-fernbedienung-schraegansicht.png?v=1785868137"},{"product_id":"bluesoundrc1","title":"Bluesound RC1 Remote Control, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bluesound RC1 is an infrared remote control that operates Generation 2 and 2i BluOS players without a smartphone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eVolume, mute, playback, track skip and ten freely assignable presets sit right under your thumb. No unlocking, no waiting for the app, no hunting for the tablet someone else has claimed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the RC1?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the BluOS app can do everything, but is rarely the fastest way to the next playlist. The RC1 comes pre-programmed at the factory with Bluesound's IR codes and works as soon as the coin cells are in – no setup, no pairing. Hand on heart: nobody needs a lock screen for a simple volume increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen preset buttons that you assign in the BluOS app to radio stations, playlists or inputs – one press, and your favorite station plays. Two buttons on the navigation wheel can additionally be freely assigned. Across eight IR channels (0 to 7) you tell each player which signal to listen to, so nothing in the next room jumps along when you turn up the volume in the living room. It controls internet radio and files from your network just as it controls a streaming service – a paid subscription is not a requirement for operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the RC1 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor anyone with a Generation 2 or 2i Bluesound player – Node, Powernode, Pulse, Pulse Soundbar or Vault – running BluOS 3.6.2 or later. BluOS-capable NAD devices without an MDC module obey it too. Straight talk: if you're still running a first-generation player (Node N100, Powernode N150, Pulse P300, Vault V500), you're out of luck – it simply lacks the infrared receiver. And if you hide your Node behind a closed cabinet door, know this: infrared needs a clear line of sight. The RC1 can't do radio.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small accessory with a surprisingly big everyday effect. The RC1 doesn't replace the app, it takes the load off it – and you notice that from the very first evening. If you use your BluOS system daily and don't want to reach for your phone every time, this gets a lot right for not much money. You just need to settle the generation question first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: infrared remote control (IR), factory-programmed with Bluesound's IR codes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Bluesound players of Generations 2 and 2i with BluOS 3.6.2 or later (Node, Powernode, Pulse, Pulse Soundbar, Vault)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso supported: BluOS-capable NAD devices without an MDC module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot compatible: first-generation players (Node N100, Powernode N150, Pulse P300, Vault V500)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControls: volume, mute, play\/pause, track skip, navigation wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePresets: 10 preset buttons, freely assignable in the BluOS app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIR channels: 8 channels (0 to 7), selectable per player in the BluOS app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply: CR2032 (3 V) coin cells, included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: not specified by Bluesound; infrared requires line of sight to the player\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (W × H × D): not specified by Bluesound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: not specified by Bluesound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: RC1 remote control, coin cells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Bluesound devices does the RC1 control?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAll Generation 2 and 2i Bluesound players with BluOS 3.6.2 or later – so Node, Powernode, Pulse, Pulse Soundbar and Vault of these series. BluOS-capable NAD devices without an MDC module also respond to the RC1. First-generation players don't have an infrared receiver and can't be controlled.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat batteries does the RC1 need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCR2032 coin cells at 3 volts – they're included with the remote. To change them, open the back with a coin or a fingernail. Replacements are available at any supermarket. Sluggish response is usually the first sign the cells are running low.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to set up the RC1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The RC1 comes pre-programmed at the factory with Bluesound's IR codes and works as soon as the coin cells are inserted. Optionally, you assign the ten preset buttons in the BluOS app to radio stations, playlists or inputs – and give each player one of the eight IR channels so nothing in the next room jumps along.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the RC1 work through a cabinet door?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The RC1 works with infrared and needs a clear line of sight to the player – a closed door or a cabinet shelf blocks the signal. If your Node sits inside a sideboard, the BluOS app remains the better choice, or plan its placement with a sight line to the sofa from the start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Bluesound RC1 from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we tell you in advance whether your player generation even plays along – saving you a return. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, our experienced team, including our own technician, helps with assigning presets, IR channels and the rest of your BluOS system. Call or write to us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching devices under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/streamer\"\u003eStreamers \u0026amp; Network Players\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/streaming-verstarker\"\u003eStreaming Amplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e. Everything about \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/bluesound\"\u003eBluesound\u003c\/a\u003e and more \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAccessories\u003c\/a\u003e are also available from us.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bluesound","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989492756816,"sku":null,"price":79.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/bluesound-rc1-fernbedienung-schwarz-frontansicht.jpg?v=1785445436"},{"product_id":"bluesoundwm200black","title":"Bluesound WM200 Wall Mount, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bluesound WM200 is a swiveling steel wall mount for Bluesound's PULSE speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt secures your PULSE safely to the wall and lets it rotate a total of 120° – the sound points to where you sit, and the sideboard stays free. In black, it sets a deliberately technical accent instead of hiding away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the WM200?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause a streaming speaker rarely stands where it sounds best, but where there happened to be room. The WM200 solves both at once: it reclaims floor space and gives the speaker an angle a shelf can never provide. Steel instead of plastic, precisely made, no wobble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA mount specifically engineered for the PULSE range that cradles the speaker with a precise fit. The 120° swivel range lets you leave it locked in the position you want. Removable rubber sleeves route the cable along the mount so no cord dangles freely. At 190 × 130.5 × 95 mm, it's compact enough to visually disappear behind the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the WM200 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor anyone who wants to put a PULSE, PULSE 2, PULSE 2i, PULSE MINI or PULSE MINI 2i on the wall – in the bedroom, kitchen or office. Straight talk: if you own a PULSE M, this isn't for you, that's what the WM230 is for. And if you can't or don't want to drill holes, don't even start – the WM200 is screwed in, nothing here gets glued. The power outlet should also be within reach, otherwise the speaker hangs stylishly but silently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolidly built accessory without compromises in the wrong places. If you want your PULSE on the wall anyway, you're better off with the original mount than a universal solution – fit and swivel range are matched to exactly these speakers. The one thing you should clarify beforehand: the nature of your wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: wall mount, swiveling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with: Bluesound PULSE, PULSE 2, PULSE 2i, PULSE MINI, PULSE MINI 2i\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for: PULSE M (use WM230 instead)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel range: 120° total rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: steel, high-quality finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable routing: removable rubber sleeves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: wall-mounted, screwed in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (W × H × D): 190 × 130.5 × 95 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.02 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: not specified by Bluesound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: wall mount with removable rubber cable sleeves; Bluesound does not further specify the included fixing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich speakers does the WM200 fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe WM200 is engineered for PULSE, PULSE 2, PULSE 2i, PULSE MINI and PULSE MINI 2i – Bluesound names exactly these five models. For the PULSE M there's the purpose-built WM230. Other speakers don't belong in this mount, even if they happen to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can the speaker swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e120° in total. That lets you turn the speaker out of the wall plane into the room and aim it at your listening spot – even when the sofa isn't centered on the wall. The removable rubber sleeves keep the cable neatly routed as you do.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat fixing hardware do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on your wall. Bluesound doesn't publish a list of included fixing hardware, and concrete, brick, drywall or timber framing each call for different anchors anyway. Tell us briefly what you're drilling into – then we'll clarify beforehand what else you need, instead of leaving you guessing in front of the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the WM200 from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we tell you where a PULSE actually sounds good on a wall – too close to a corner, and the bass turns thick. Our technician handles mounting and multiroom integration on request. Reach out by phone, WhatsApp or email, and we'll take a look at your room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching speakers under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/streaming-lautsprecher\"\u003eStreaming Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/lautsprecher\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e overview. More from \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/bluesound\"\u003eBluesound\u003c\/a\u003e and further \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAccessories\u003c\/a\u003e are also available from us.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bluesound","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989492855120,"sku":null,"price":159.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/bluesound-wm200-wandhalterung-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785445498"},{"product_id":"bluesoundwm200wh","title":"Bluesound WM200 Wall Mount, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bluesound WM200 is a swiveling steel wall mount for Bluesound's PULSE speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds your PULSE securely on the wall and can rotate a total of 120°, so the sound points toward your listening spot instead of the opposite corner. In white, it nearly disappears on bright walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the WM200?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause floor space is scarcer than wall space in most homes. The WM200 takes the PULSE off the sideboard, gives it a free spot and an adjustable angle – without taking anything away from the room. It's built from steel, not a plastic bracket that gives way after two years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA cradle tailored to the PULSE range that carries the speaker with a precise fit. Over 120° of total rotation you set the radiation angle and leave it there. The removable rubber sleeves take up the cable so nothing dangles freely between the speaker and the outlet. At 190 × 130.5 × 95 mm and 1.02 kg, the construction stays compact and stable at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the WM200 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor owners of a PULSE, PULSE 2, PULSE 2i, PULSE MINI or PULSE MINI 2i who want their speaker permanently on a wall – especially in the kitchen, a bathroom vestibule or small rooms where every bit of surface counts. Honestly: the PULSE M doesn't fit here, it needs the WM230. If you're in a rental and can't put holes in the wall, the WM200 offers no solution – it's screwed in. And a power outlet within reach is mandatory; only the music travels wirelessly, not the electricity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnspectacular and exactly right. The WM200 does nothing more than bring a PULSE onto the wall cleanly, securely and rotatably – but without any wobble relative to physics. If you're planning wall mounting, reach for the original mount right away; universal brackets cost only a little less and fit noticeably worse.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: wall mount, swiveling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with: Bluesound PULSE, PULSE 2, PULSE 2i, PULSE MINI, PULSE MINI 2i\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for: PULSE M (use WM230 instead)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel range: 120° total rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: steel, high-quality finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable routing: removable rubber sleeves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: wall-mounted, screwed in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (W × H × D): 190 × 130.5 × 95 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 1.02 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: not specified by Bluesound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: wall mount with removable rubber cable sleeves; Bluesound does not further specify the included fixing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the WM200 fit my PULSE MINI?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, as long as it's a PULSE MINI or PULSE MINI 2i. Bluesound lists five compatible models for the WM200: PULSE, PULSE 2, PULSE 2i, PULSE MINI and PULSE MINI 2i. The PULSE M isn't among them – the WM230 is made for that one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow discreet is the mount in white?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVery discreet on bright walls. The white version is matched to the white PULSE models, and at 190 × 130.5 × 95 mm the mount is compact enough that the speaker covers most of it. The rubber sleeves additionally take up the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to drill into the wall?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the WM200 is screwed in – there's no adhesive solution. Which anchors you need depends on the surface; Bluesound doesn't specify the included fixing hardware. Ask us briefly beforehand, and everything will be ready when you drill, so the 1.02 kg mount sits securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the WM200 from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause at HD Zürisee, advice doesn't end with the purchase. We know the PULSE range from everyday use, tell you honestly whether wall mounting is worthwhile in your room, and our own technician handles mounting on request. A call or a WhatsApp message is enough – tell us about your room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou'll find matching devices under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/streaming-lautsprecher\"\u003eStreaming Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/lautsprecher\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e overview. The full \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/bluesound\"\u003eBluesound\u003c\/a\u003e range and further \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAccessories\u003c\/a\u003e can also be found with us.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bluesound","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989492887888,"sku":null,"price":159.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/bluesound-wm200-wandhalterung-weiss-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785445498"},{"product_id":"bluesoundwm230","title":"Bluesound WM230 Wall Mount Pulse M, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bluesound WM230 is a swiveling wall mount built specifically for the Bluesound PULSE M.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt carries the speaker securely on the wall and allows a 180° swivel range – so you aim the sound precisely at your listening spot and lock it there. The satin finish in white is matched to the PULSE M.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the WM230?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the PULSE M lives and dies by its position. A speaker that radiates all around doesn't want to be squeezed into a corner – it wants to hang free and sit at the right angle. The WM230 delivers both without taking up any surface space. A precise fit instead of a universal bracket: the speaker sits in a cradle drawn specifically for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e180° of total rotation, lockable in any position – double the range of the larger WM200. Keyhole cutouts on the wall plate make alignment easy while screwing it in. And all the PULSE M's connections stay freely accessible once mounted, so you can still reach the power and network cables later. At 151 × 137 × 60 mm and 0.64 kg, the mount barely adds any bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the WM230 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor any PULSE M owner who wants the speaker permanently on the wall – in the kitchen, bedroom or home office. Straight talk: it's no good for other Bluesound models, PULSE 2i and PULSE MINI 2i need the WM200. If you can't drill, you're out of luck here. And if you constantly move the PULSE M between rooms, you're better served by free placement than a fixed wall position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe logical companion to the PULSE M when space on a dresser or shelf is tight. Cleanly made, with a swivel range wide enough to genuinely matter acoustically, and visually understated. Not a product anyone talks about for long – but one you'll never have to touch again after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: wall mount, swiveling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with: Bluesound PULSE M\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel range: 180° total rotation, lockable in the desired position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: satin, matched to the PULSE M\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: described by Bluesound as high-quality materials, without further specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall fixing: keyhole cutouts for precise alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable access: all connections stay freely accessible once mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (W × H × D): 151 × 137 × 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 0.64 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: not specified by Bluesound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: wall mount; Bluesound does not further specify the included fixing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the WM230 also fit other Bluesound speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the WM230 is built exclusively for the PULSE M and cradles it with a precise fit. For PULSE, PULSE 2, PULSE 2i, PULSE MINI and PULSE MINI 2i, the WM200 is the one to use. This way, every speaker sits in the mount developed for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow far can the PULSE M swivel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e180° in total. You turn the PULSE M to the desired direction and lock it there. That's double the range of the WM200, and it especially helps when the mount sits to the side of the listening spot rather than directly in front of it. That lets you fine-tune the sound afterward without drilling new holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I still reach the connections after mounting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Bluesound designed the WM230 so that all the PULSE M's connections stay freely accessible once mounted. Power or network cables can still be plugged in or swapped later without taking the mount off the wall. The keyhole cutouts also make precise alignment easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the WM230 from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we tell you in advance whether the wall position actually benefits the PULSE M – a 360°-radiating speaker jammed straight into a corner wastes its potential. HD Zürisee in Wädenswil advises you on that, and our technician handles mounting and setup on request. Call us or write on WhatsApp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/streaming-lautsprecher\"\u003eStreaming Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, more models in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/lautsprecher\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e overview. Plus the full \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/bluesound\"\u003eBluesound\u003c\/a\u003e range and further \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAccessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bluesound","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989492920656,"sku":null,"price":99.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/bluesound-wm230-wandhalterung-pulse-m-weiss-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785445523"},{"product_id":"bluesoundwm230bl","title":"Bluesound WM230 Wall Mount Pulse M, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bluesound WM230 is a swiveling wall mount developed specifically for the Bluesound PULSE M.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt holds the speaker securely on the wall and can swivel by 180°, so the sound points where you're actually listening. The black satin finish echoes the PULSE M's look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the WM230?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the best spot for a PULSE M is often exactly where there's no furniture. On the wall, it hangs free, radiates unimpeded and doesn't block any surface. The WM230 doesn't turn that into a hack job: it's drawn for this exact speaker, fits precisely, and can still be fine-tuned after mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA swivel range of 180° that can be locked in any position – double what the WM200 offers for the rest of the PULSE range. The wall plate uses keyhole cutouts, which makes leveling it while screwing in noticeably more relaxed. All the PULSE M's connections stay reachable even when mounted. At 151 × 137 × 60 mm and 0.64 kg, the construction stays pleasantly unobtrusive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the WM230 for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor anyone who owns a PULSE M and wants to give it a fixed, well-chosen spot. Honestly: if you like carrying your speaker to another room now and then, a wall mount is the wrong route – stick with free placement. And if you own a different Bluesound model, reach for the WM200. As for the wall itself: drywall without a stud, or crumbly old-building walls, need the right anchors, or nothing will stay up for long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn accessory that fulfills its purpose without detours. The large swivel range isn't spec-sheet decoration here, it's the whole argument: a 360°-radiating speaker reacts noticeably to its orientation, and that's exactly what you can correct afterward with this mount. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, we'll tell you in advance whether the effort is worth it in your room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: wall mount, swiveling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with: Bluesound PULSE M\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel range: 180° total rotation, lockable in the desired position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: satin, matched to the PULSE M\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: described by Bluesound as high-quality materials, without further specification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall fixing: keyhole cutouts for precise alignment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable access: all connections stay freely accessible once mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (W × H × D): 151 × 137 × 60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 0.64 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: not specified by Bluesound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: wall mount; Bluesound does not further specify the included fixing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich speaker is the WM230 designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eExclusively for the Bluesound PULSE M. The cradle is drawn to match its enclosure shape and doesn't fit any other model. For PULSE, PULSE 2, PULSE 2i, PULSE MINI and PULSE MINI 2i, Bluesound instead offers the larger WM200 with a 120° swivel range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I mount the WM230?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wall plate is screwed in, then you hang the PULSE M on it. Keyhole cutouts help with precise alignment so the mount sits level. Which anchors are needed depends on the surface – Bluesound doesn't specify the included fixing hardware in detail. Ask us briefly before you drill.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much wall space does the mount need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eVery little. The WM230 measures 151 × 137 × 60 mm and weighs 0.64 kg – it largely disappears behind the PULSE M. In black, it also looks understated on dark walls, so the speaker appears to float rather than sit on a bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the WM230 from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause you get more from us than a box. We tell you honestly whether wall mounting actually improves the sound in your room, or whether the PULSE M is better off elsewhere. Our technician handles mounting and integration. Reach HD Zürisee by phone, WhatsApp or email.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe matching speaker sits among the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/streaming-lautsprecher\"\u003eStreaming Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, more models in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/lautsprecher\"\u003eSpeakers\u003c\/a\u003e overview. Plus the rest of the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/bluesound\"\u003eBluesound\u003c\/a\u003e lineup and further \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAccessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Bluesound","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989492953424,"sku":null,"price":99.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/bluesound-wm230-wandhalterung-pulse-m-schwarz-schraegansicht.png?v=1785445524"},{"product_id":"cabasseakoyawallmount","title":"Cabasse The Pearl Akoya Wall Mount, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Cabasse The Pearl Akoya Wall Mount in matte white is a metal bracket that brings the spherical Akoya onto the wall at a 20-degree tilt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the counterpart to the floor stand: the same precision fit, just on the wall instead of the floor. The tilt angle is fixed and angles the speaker down toward the listening position – so the room doesn't have to accommodate the speaker, the speaker accommodates the room. It's supplied singly, per piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy this wall mount?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot every room has space for stands. In the kitchen, bedroom or office, the wall is often the only free surface – and that's exactly where the Akoya's compact shape pays off. The mount needs no floor footprint at all and still holds the speaker in a defined position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fixed 20-degree angle isn't a mechanical shortcut, it's deliberate: a speaker mounted close to the wall would otherwise beam over the listening position. The tilt brings the radiation back down. Add to that a detail that matters a lot in a living space – the surface can be painted over. If you have a coloured wall, you simply paint the mount to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall mount, exclusively for the Cabasse The Pearl Akoya\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed 20° tilt angle for targeted radiation toward the listening position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy metal construction, 2.6 kg dead weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatte white, paintable if desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace-saving alternative to the floor stand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Akoya wall mount for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor you, if the Akoya is going on the wall: small rooms, multiroom zones, secondary systems, or simply living rooms with no room left for another piece of furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraight talk: if you change your listening position often or want to fine-tune the speaker's aim, the floor stand serves you better – this angle can't be adjusted. And the wall has to safely carry the mount plus the speaker, around eleven kilograms together; with drywall or old-building plaster it's worth checking the substrate before drilling. Choose screws and wall plugs to match the wall construction – that's what Cabasse specifies in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn honest, unfussy solution for anyone who wants sound but has no floor space. The fixed angle takes the decision off your hands instead of leaving it to you – and in the vast majority of living rooms, that's the right decision. That Cabasse makes it paintable tells you someone here thought about real walls, not just photo studios.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: wall mount for Cabasse The Pearl Akoya\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSales unit: 1 piece (not sold in pairs)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTilt angle: 20°, fixed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (W × H × D): 24 × 30 × 19 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 2.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: matte white, paintable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: exclusively for Cabasse The Pearl Akoya (speaker weight 8 kg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware: choose screws and wall plugs to match your wall construction (per Cabasse manual)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the mount also fit other Cabasse speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it's built exclusively for the Cabasse The Pearl Akoya. The cradle follows exactly that model's spherical shape and 8-kilogram weight. For the larger The Pearl model, Cabasse offers its own, sturdier wall mount. Modifying it for other speakers isn't a good idea.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the tilt angle be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the mount tilts the Akoya down at a fixed 20 degrees. This is designed for the usual mounting height above the listening position. If you want to choose the angle freely, the Cabasse floor stand is the better solution for your room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I paint the mount to match my wall colour?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Cabasse explicitly specifies the surface as paintable; it ships matte white from the factory. That lets the mount visually disappear into the wall, even a coloured one. Cleaning, sanding, priming and finishing with a suitable metal paint is all it takes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does my wall need to withstand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAround eleven kilograms: the mount weighs 2.6 kg, the Akoya itself 8 kg. Cabasse explicitly points out in the manual that you should check the wall construction and choose screws and wall plugs to match. If you're unsure, our technician Mauri can handle the installation on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come as one mount or two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne. Cabasse sells the Akoya wall mount as a single unit, just like the speaker itself. For a stereo pair on the wall, you'll need two mounts accordingly. It's available from the factory in matte white; other shades are reachable via the paintable surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Akoya wall mount at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we tell you before you drill whether wall mounting is even the better choice for your room – and exactly where it belongs. Our experienced team in Wädenswil advises you on position, height and cabling, and Mauri mounts it on request. Call us on +41 44 680 22 00 or email shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMore mounting and connection accessories can be found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eaccessories\u003c\/a\u003e, the matching speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/lautsprecher\"\u003espeakers\u003c\/a\u003e, and the floor version among the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/lautsprecher-staender\"\u003espeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cabasse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989493084496,"sku":null,"price":179.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/cabasse-the-pearl-akoya-wandhalterung-weiss-schraegansicht.png?v=1785445935"},{"product_id":"cabassepearlwallmount","title":"Cabasse The Pearl Wall Mount, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Cabasse The Pearl wall mount in white is an L-shaped steel bracket that brings the Cabasse The Pearl onto the wall and can be adjusted by ±20° towards your listening position. It's the space-saving alternative to the floor stand – and the only solution when there simply isn't a square metre of floor space left for a stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the wall mount?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot every living room can take two stands. The wall mount doesn't take up any floor space, holds the Pearl at whatever height you choose, and can be adjusted by ±20°. That matters more than it sounds: a speaker that radiates in all directions, mounted close to a wall, needs the right angle, or the imaging tips off to the side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bracket comes pre-drilled – both for attaching to the speaker and to the wall – and lets you route the cable behind the wall. Painted white and paintable over: paint it in your wall colour and, in the end, all you see is the sphere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall mount, built for the Cabasse The Pearl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e±20° adjustment towards your listening position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eL-shaped steel bracket, pre-drilled for speaker and wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrepared for concealed cable routing behind the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite surface, paintable in your wall colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews and wall plugs included for mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the wall mount suited for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor small rooms, for living rooms where a stand would be in the way, and for anyone who wants a fixed, permanent position. Bottom line: it's not a makeshift fix, but it's not a universal solution either. The The Pearl weighs 18 kg – not every wall carries that, and certainly not every wall plug. A lightweight partition wall with no load-bearing base is the wrong place for it. If you want to stay flexible and move the speaker around occasionally, you're better off with the floor stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn honest, unfussy bracket that has exactly one job and does it well. No frills, no joints that give way after two years – steel, pre-drilled, done. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, before you buy, we'd rather have a quick chat about your wall, because that decides more here than the mount itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wall mount for active speakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e exclusively for Cabasse The Pearl (not for Pearl Akoya, Myuki, Keshi or Pelegrina)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e ±20° adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 × 30 × 19 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.6 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel, L-shape, pre-drilled for speaker side and wall side\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCable routing:\u003c\/strong\u003e prepared for concealed routing behind the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White, paintable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLoad note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cabasse states no maximum load; the Cabasse The Pearl weighs 18 kg – the wall, screws and wall plugs must be rated for this total weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSales unit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Piece (one mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e wall mount, screws and wall plugs, mounting tool, mounting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow far can the speaker be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBy ±20°. That lets you angle the Pearl towards your listening position, instead of leaving it fixed flat against the wall. In practice you rarely need more room to move, since the Pearl radiates in all directions anyway – but the fine adjustment still makes an audible difference to focus and treble balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Cabasse models does this wall mount fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the Cabasse The Pearl. For the Pearl Akoya, Cabasse offers its own, smaller wall mount with a separate part number, and Myuki, Keshi and Pelegrina each have their own solutions too. This bracket is designed for the mounting points and weight of the larger The Pearl – please don't mix and match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat kind of wall do I need for mounting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA load-bearing one. The The Pearl weighs 18 kg, plus 2.6 kg for the mount. Cabasse's mounting instructions explicitly state that the wall, screws and wall plugs must be rated for this load. Concrete and solid brick are no problem; with lightweight partition walls you need a load-bearing substrate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I paint the mount in my wall colour?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The mount is delivered painted white and is designed to be painted over. If you paint it to match your wall's colour, the bracket visually all but disappears and the Pearl appears to float freely on the wall. Lightly sand it first and use a primer, and the paint will hold for good.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Cabasse wall mount at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause with a wall installation, the advice is worth more than the part itself. We work out position, height and substrate with you before any drilling happens, and our technician Mauri handles the installation at your home on request. We're reachable by phone, WhatsApp or email.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the Cabasse The Pearl itself and the rest of the range in our \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/lautsprecher\"\u003espeakers\u003c\/a\u003e. If you decide on freestanding placement after all, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/lautsprecher-staender\"\u003espeaker stands\u003c\/a\u003e are ready, and cables, mounts and small parts are in our \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eaccessories\u003c\/a\u003e. Not sure whether your wall will cooperate? Email us at shop@hdzuerisee.ch, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) – or just call: +41 44 680 22 00.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Cabasse","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989495181648,"sku":null,"price":249.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/cabasse-the-pearl-wandhalterung-weiss-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785445234"},{"product_id":"carbonfiberbrush","title":"Carbon Fiber Brush Antistatic Record Brush","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Carbon Fiber Brush is a record brush with carbon-fibre bristles that lifts loose dust out of the groove before playback.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the smallest tool in everyday vinyl life – and the one you pick up most often. A black plastic body, a metal trim printed with \"CARBON FIBRE CLEANER,\" and beneath it a dense field of fine carbon fibres. That's all it takes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy brush at all?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause dust in the groove doesn't just sit there – it gets ploughed in by the stylus. What you hear as quiet crackle is, to a good extent, simply dirt, and every play works it in deeper. Carbon fibres are fine enough to reach right down to the bottom of the groove, where a cloth only wipes the surface. They're also electrically conductive – which is exactly why this design took hold with vinyl, rather than the bristle brush from the paint aisle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA no-frills tool with no electronics, no consumables and no instructions you need to read twice. With the platter spinning, you lay the fibres flat on the record, let them ride along for one or two revolutions, and pull them off slowly towards the edge. Ten seconds per side. The metal trim gives the whole thing the stiffness it needs so the fibres sit evenly instead of sliding sideways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Carbon Fiber Brush suited for – and who isn't it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor anyone who plays records regularly and wants to clear the everyday dust away before the stylus does. Straight talk: a dry brush is no rescue for problem cases. Dried-in residue, fingerprints or that flea-market find from the cellar shelf need a wet clean – the brush then keeps clean what the wash made clean. And if static really bothers you in a dry winter: there are brushes with their own contact point that discharge the charge through your hand. That kind of grounding isn't documented for this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe thing that should sit next to every turntable – not because it works magic, but because it reliably does the most obvious job without asking anything of you. If you want to know where the next sensible care step for your collection lies, just ask us: HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: record brush with carbon-fibre bristles, for dry cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBristles: carbon fibres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: plastic body with metal trim, printed \"CARBON FIBRE CLEANER\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse: dry, on the spinning record before playback\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet cleaning: not intended – carbon-fibre brushes are made for dry use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions (W × H × D): approx. 11.5 × 3.5 × 1.5 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: approx. 30 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: 1 × Carbon Fiber Brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much pressure do you need when brushing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs little as possible – the brush's own weight is entirely enough. Press down hard and the fine fibres bend sideways and no longer reach the bottom of the groove; you're then just wiping the surface. Let the brush ride along with the spinning platter and then pull it off gently towards the outside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you use the brush with cleaning fluid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetter not to. Carbon-fibre brushes are made for dry cleaning; fluid glues the fine fibres together and dulls them over time. For wet cleaning there are dedicated brushes, cloths and fluids – and for large collections, eventually, a record-washing machine. The two complement each other rather than replacing one another.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the record still crackle despite brushing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThen the cause runs deeper than surface dust. Dried-in residue, grease from fingerprints or leftover old cleaning agents sit in the groove wall and only come out with a wet clean. A worn stylus also leaves traces that sound like crackle – no brush in the world will get that back for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do you keep the bristles themselves clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe off the collected dust after each pass instead of carrying it onto the next record. A careful pull with your finger or against the edge of the metal trim is enough; the fibres are fine but not fragile. Store the brush protected from dust and it will serve you for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Carbon Fiber Brush at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we'll tell you honestly when a brush is enough and when your money is better spent on a wet clean. Vinyl is part of our daily business here in Wädenswil, so we know the whole care chain. Call us at +41 44 680 22 00, write via WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls), or at shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEverything about record care is under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/platten-reinigung\"\u003eRecord Cleaning\u003c\/a\u003e. Additional \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eturntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, matching \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003ecartridges\u003c\/a\u003e and everything else around the black disc are under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/alles-vinyl\"\u003eAll Vinyl\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Carbon Fiber Brush","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989498229072,"sku":null,"price":25.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/carbon-fiber-brush-antistatik-plattenbuerste-schraegansicht.png?v=1785846922"},{"product_id":"clearaudio-groove-care","title":"Clearaudio Groove Care Record Cleaner for Vinyl","description":"\u003cp\u003eClearaudio Groove Care is a ready-to-use cleaning fluid for vinyl records that lifts dust, dried-on liquids and traces of grease out of the groove without leaving residue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClearaudio deliberately formulated it milder than its big brother Pure Groove: Groove Care contains less ethanol, meeting all requirements for international shipping. In return, suction takes a little longer — according to Clearaudio, this makes little difference to the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Groove Care?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it's the sensible choice for ongoing care. The fluid comes pre-mixed straight from the bottle, works with record cleaning machines from any manufacturer, and leaves the record free of haze and rings. That familiar vinyl shine comes back — with no chemistry ceremony in the bathroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA quieter groove: less crackle, less background noise, more detail that was previously buried under dust and pressing residue. And a stylus that has to scan less sandpaper — clean grooves are the cheapest wear protection there is for a cartridge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is Groove Care for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor anyone who washes vinyl regularly and doesn't want to reach for the sharpest mix every single time. To be blunt: Groove Care is explicitly a vinyl fluid. It's not approved for shellac records (78s made from natural resin) — for those, there's Pure Groove Shellac. And if you regularly do battle with sticky flea-market grime, you're better off reaching straight for the stronger Pure Groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unfussy everyday cleaner in Clearaudio's range: pre-mixed, machine-compatible, no hazardous-goods drama at shipping. If you're unsure which of the three vinyl fluids suits your collection and your machine, ask us at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil — we'll sort it out in two minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e ready-to-use cleaning fluid for vinyl records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComposition:\u003c\/strong\u003e alcohol-based, lower ethanol content than Clearaudio Pure Groove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffect:\u003c\/strong\u003e removes dust, dried-on liquids, traces of grease and pressing residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse with:\u003c\/strong\u003e record cleaning machines from any manufacturer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e vinyl records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e shellac records (78 rpm, natural resin)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShipping:\u003c\/strong\u003e formula meets the requirements for international shipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.5 L, 1.0 L and 2.5 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Groove Care alcohol-free?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Groove Care contains less ethanol than the stronger Clearaudio Pure Groove, but it isn't alcohol-free. That's precisely why the formula meets the requirements for international shipping. If you need an explicitly alcohol-free fluid — for shellac records, say — Pure Groove Shellac is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to dilute Groove Care?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, Groove Care is a finished product and comes ready to use straight from the bottle. You pour it directly into your record cleaning machine's tank. Diluting it with tap water would weaken the cleaning effect and leave limescale in the groove — two problems where there was none before.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference to Pure Groove and Pure Groove Essence?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGroove Care is the milder, shipping-friendly ready-mix for ongoing care. Pure Groove has the higher alcohol content and is the sharper blade against grease and fingerprints. Pure Groove Essence is the concentrate you mix yourself with alcohol to make Pure Groove. All three are pure vinyl fluids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClearaudio supplies Groove Care in 0.5, 1.0 and 2.5 litres; you choose the size directly above. For a few dozen records a year, the small bottle is easily enough. If you feed a cleaning machine regularly, the larger containers make life noticeably more relaxed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy Clearaudio Groove Care from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we use Clearaudio's cleaners in our own workshop and know from experience which fluid suits which record and which machine. We'll also tell you honestly when the smaller bottle is enough. Call us on +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls), or write to shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean records deserve good surroundings: \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eturntables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003ecartridges\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eturntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"0,5 L","offer_id":53125591597392,"sku":null,"price":32.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,0 L","offer_id":53125591630160,"sku":null,"price":50.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true},{"title":"2,5 L","offer_id":53125591662928,"sku":null,"price":115.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-groove-care-plattenreiniger-vinyl-frontansicht.jpg?v=1785885111"},{"product_id":"clearaudiomikrofasermatrixsilent","title":"Clearaudio Microfibre Cover Set for Smart Matrix Silent","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio microfibre cover set is the replacement wear part for the suction arm of the Smart Matrix Silent record cleaning machine: two self-adhesive microfibre strips for scratch-free, tight-sealing suction on your records.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant up front: this set belongs exclusively to the \u003cstrong\u003eSmart Matrix Silent\u003c\/strong\u003e, the single-sided machine. The two-sided Double Matrix Professional Sonic needs a different set — the two are different machines, and the strips are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fresh covers?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe strips are the only connection between the hard suction arm and the vinyl. Only a fresh strip seals the suction slot properly and draws the fluid, along with the loosened dirt, completely out of the groove. At the same time, the soft microfibre forms the protective layer that prevents fine contact scratches. Once the fibres are flattened, suction turns into an expensive way of just pushing dirt around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo precisely cut strips with a self-adhesive, moisture-resistant backing — exactly what the Smart Matrix Silent's suction arm needs, with no cutting or improvising required. The swap takes a few minutes and is the cheapest upgrade your cleaning machine will ever get.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is this set for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor every owner of a Clearaudio Smart Matrix Silent. To be blunt: this is a wear part, not a sound upgrade — anyone expecting a new treble sparkle from it will be disappointed. But if the fibres feel hard or flattened, the swap is overdue. And once more: not for the Double Matrix Professional Sonic, which needs its own set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn unspectacular part that determines the cleaning quality of the whole machine. Anyone who takes their collection seriously keeps a spare set next to the machine. We'll help you work out which version suits your Matrix with a quick call to HD Zürisee in Wädenswil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-quality microfibre (synthetic velvet)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e self-adhesive, moisture-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 replacement strips (1 set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e exclusively Clearaudio Smart Matrix Silent (suction arm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e Double Matrix Professional Sonic (two-sided suction, its own set with 6 strips)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement interval:\u003c\/strong\u003e roughly every 50–100 records, depending on soiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich machine is this set for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExclusively for the Clearaudio Smart Matrix Silent, the single-sided record cleaning machine with one suction arm. That's why the set contains two strips. The two-sided Double Matrix Professional Sonic is a different machine and needs its own set with six strips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often do I need to replace the covers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a rule of thumb, every 50 to 100 cleaned records — sooner if you're cleaning a lot of heavily soiled flea-market finds. At the latest when the fibres feel hard or the vacuum no longer seals cleanly, it's time to change them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I fit the new strips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeel off the old strips, remove any adhesive residue completely with a little cleaning alcohol, let the suction arm dry, stick on the new strips and press firmly. If the surface is genuinely clean and free of grease, they'll hold reliably — otherwise they'll come loose mid-wash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio microfibre cover set from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we stock the wear parts for both Matrix models and know from experience when a swap is worthwhile — and which set belongs to your machine. Call us on +41 44 680 22 00, write to shop@hdzuerisee.ch, or WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning fluids, brushes and other consumables are available under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/platten-reinigung\"\u003erecord cleaning\u003c\/a\u003e, fine-tuning for your turntable under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eturntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e. Everything to do with the groove is available under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/alles-vinyl\"\u003eAll Vinyl\u003c\/a\u003e, the brand's full range under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/clearaudio\"\u003eClearaudio\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989499113808,"sku":null,"price":16.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-smart-matrix-silent-mikrofaserbezug-set-lieferumfang.jpg?v=1785849164"},{"product_id":"clearaudiomikrofasermatrixsonic","title":"Clearaudio Microfibre Cover Set for Double Matrix Sonic","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio microfibre cover set is the replacement wear part for the Double Matrix Professional Sonic record cleaning machine: six self-adhesive microfibre strips for scratch-free suction on both sides of your records.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant up front: this set belongs to the \u003cstrong\u003eDouble Matrix Professional Sonic\u003c\/strong\u003e, the machine that treats both record sides at once. The single-sided Smart Matrix Silent is a different machine and needs its own set — mixing them up isn't worth the trouble.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy fresh covers?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the Double Matrix cleans both sides simultaneously, it has double the contact area — and so double the wear. Only fresh strips seal the vacuum properly on both suction arms and draw fluid, along with dirt, completely out of the groove. At the same time, the soft microfibre protects both the top and bottom surfaces from fine contact scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix precisely cut strips — four wide and two narrow — with a self-adhesive, chemical-resistant backing. This gives both suction arms a complete fresh cover, with no cutting and no improvising. Especially with heavy 180-gram pressings under higher contact pressure, you'll notice the difference between fresh and \"it'll do\" the fastest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is this set for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor every owner of a Clearaudio Double Matrix Professional Sonic. To be blunt: it's a wear part, not an upgrade — wait until the fibres are flattened, and you lose suction performance and end up spreading old dirt onto freshly washed records. And once more, clearly: this set doesn't fit the single-sided Smart Matrix Silent, which needs its own set with two strips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe part that decides whether your cleaning machine still does what you bought it for. A spare set next to the machine saves you from wondering whether today's result is really as good as it should be. We'll tell you which set belongs to your model at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil in under a minute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-density microfibre (synthetic velvet)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacking:\u003c\/strong\u003e self-adhesive, chemical-resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContents:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 replacement strips (4× wide, 2× narrow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplication:\u003c\/strong\u003e two-sided suction, both suction arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e exclusively Clearaudio Double Matrix Professional Sonic\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot compatible with:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smart Matrix Silent (single-sided suction, its own set with 2 strips)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacement interval:\u003c\/strong\u003e roughly every 100–150 washes, depending on soiling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich machine is this set for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor the Clearaudio Double Matrix Professional Sonic, the machine with two-sided suction and two suction arms. That's why the set contains six strips, four wide and two narrow. The single-sided Smart Matrix Silent is a different machine and needs its own set with two strips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow often do I need to replace the covers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRoughly every 100 to 150 two-sided washes — sooner if you clean a lot of dusty records, since particles work their way into the fibres. If the strips feel hard or the vacuum no longer seals cleanly, the swap is due regardless of the count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I replace the strips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePeel off the old covers slowly, dissolve any adhesive residue with a little cleaning alcohol, wipe the suction tubes dry and grease-free, then stick on the new strips and press firmly. Make sure to place the wide and narrow strips in the correct positions — they aren't interchangeable at will.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio microfibre cover set from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we stock the wear part for both Matrix models and tell you which set belongs to your machine, and when the swap is due. Call us on +41 44 680 22 00, write to shop@hdzuerisee.ch, or WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning fluids and other consumables are available under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/platten-reinigung\"\u003erecord cleaning\u003c\/a\u003e, fine-tuning for your turntable under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eturntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e. Everything to do with the groove is available under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/alles-vinyl\"\u003eAll Vinyl\u003c\/a\u003e, the brand's full range under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/clearaudio\"\u003eClearaudio\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989499146576,"sku":null,"price":38.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-double-matrix-sonic-mikrofaserbezug-set-lieferumfang.jpg?v=1785849164"},{"product_id":"clearaudioprofessionalpower12vbl","title":"Clearaudio Professional Power 12V Power Supply, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Professional Power 12V is a transformer-based linear power supply that replaces the standard plug-in power supply of a 12-volt Clearaudio turntable and feeds the drive motor with stabilised DC voltage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClearaudio builds it for turntables in the concept and Performance DC series. Inside is no switch-mode power supply, but a classic transformer with generous filtering, housed in a cylindrical black aluminium enclosure – the kind of component that never shines on a spec sheet and simply stays quiet in operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Professional Power 12V?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA belt-drive turntable makes exactly one demand of its motor: turn evenly, without jitter. Any unrest in the supply voltage travels via belt and platter straight into the groove. The Professional Power stabilises the 12 volts, keeps mains-borne interference out, and delivers the current via a permanently attached DC cable. On the back sit a mains switch, an IEC inlet with fuse, and a grounding terminal – the latter is worth its weight in gold on the evening your system hums and nobody knows why.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA constant, cleanly filtered DC voltage instead of whatever a bundled plug-in supply happens to deliver. Clearaudio explicitly positions the Professional Power between the standard power supply and the battery-powered Smart Power solution. In practice that means more calm between the notes, a firmer bass region, finer resolution. Fine-tuning, in other words – not a volume knob.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Professional Power 12V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor you, if your turntable comes from the concept or Performance DC series and you want to calm the drive at its root. Straight talk: the voltage has to match exactly. Turntables in the Ovation and Innovation series run on 24 volts and need the 24V version – this unit doesn't belong there. And before you fine-tune the power, setup, levelling and tonearm alignment should already be right; a power supply won't straighten a wonky foundation. Anyone looking for complete mains isolation should look at the battery-based Smart Power 12V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn unassuming device with an audible effect – one of those upgrades you won't want to give back after two weeks. If you've already upgraded the cartridge and phono stage on your concept or Performance DC, this is the next sensible step, without touching the turntable itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e transformer-based, stabilised linear power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 V DC, max. 500 mA, slow-blow fused\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMains input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 V\/60 Hz or 240 V\/50 Hz depending on version, max. 200 mA (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e mains switch, IEC inlet with fuse, grounding terminal (GND), permanently attached DC output cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible turntables:\u003c\/strong\u003e clearaudio concept and Performance DC series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium, black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 73 × 76 × 145 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 813 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer's warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the Professional Power 12V fit my Clearaudio turntable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's built for Clearaudio turntables in the concept and Performance DC series. To be safe, check the rating on your original power supply: it needs to say 12 V DC. Turntables in the Ovation and Innovation series need the 24-volt version. If you're unsure of your model, drop us a line – we'll check it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I connect it to a 24-volt turntable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The output voltage has to match the motor exactly. For the Ovation and Innovation series, Clearaudio makes the Professional Power 24V; this unit delivers 12 volts and belongs on concept and Performance DC turntables. A glance at the bundled plug-in supply's rating plate answers the question in ten seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference to the Smart Power 12V?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Professional Power is a linear power supply: it smooths and stabilises the current from the mains socket. The Smart Power runs on battery during operation and disconnects the turntable from the mains entirely. Clearaudio deliberately positions the Professional Power in between – between the standard plug-in supply and the battery solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the power supply have to stay switched on all the time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. There's a mains switch on the back that fully disconnects the unit from the mains. Switch it on for your listening session; a few minutes of warm-up before the first track is, in our experience, not a bad idea. Overnight it can happily stay off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Professional Power 12V at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause with this item the voltage has to be right, and we check beforehand which version your turntable actually needs, instead of leaving you to guess. HD Zürisee is an established specialist shop in Wädenswil with our own technician for setup and alignment. Call us: +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFind the matching turntable under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eturntables\u003c\/a\u003e, more around the deck under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eturntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e. And if you want to keep going on the power topic, browse \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/netzfilter-stromaufbereitung\"\u003emains filters \u0026amp; power conditioning\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989499343184,"sku":null,"price":590.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-professional-power-12v-netzteil-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785846685"},{"product_id":"clearaudioprofessionalpower12vsi","title":"Clearaudio Professional Power 12V Power Supply, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Professional Power 12V is a stabilised linear power supply that feeds the DC motor of a 12-volt Clearaudio turntable in place of the standard plug-in power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClearaudio developed it for turntables in the concept and Performance DC series. Inside the cylindrical silver aluminium housing work a classic mains transformer and a generously sized filter – technology without switch-mode circuitry, without a switching frequency, and without any urge to draw attention to itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Professional Power 12V?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith belt drive, the motor decides speed stability, and the motor depends on whatever comes out of the wall socket. A cheap plug-in power supply delivers DC current with baggage: residual ripple, interference, fluctuations from the mains. The Professional Power stabilises the 12 volts, filters before the output, and delivers them to the turntable via a permanently attached DC cable. A mains switch, an IEC inlet and a grounding terminal sit on the back – that terminal has already saved a fair number of hum loops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA calmer foundation for everything that follows. Clearaudio itself positions the Professional Power as a step between the bundled power supply and the battery-powered Smart Power solution. In practice this shows up as a lower noise floor, bass with more grip, and fine detail that used to swim in the background noise. Not an effects box – a correction at the root.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Professional Power 12V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor owners of a concept or Performance DC who want to keep their turntable and still move forward. Straight talk: the output voltage isn't a detail. Ovation and Innovation run on 24 volts – that's where the 24V version belongs, not this unit. And if setup, levelling or tonearm alignment aren't right yet, sort those out first; a power supply won't compensate for them. Anyone wanting to take the turntable completely off the mains is right with the Smart Power 12V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is fine-tuning of the honest kind: no new box in the rack, no new tone control, just clean power for the drive. On a well-aligned concept or Performance DC, this is the step that lifts the chain without rebuilding it – and in silver, the cylinder practically disappears next to the turntable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e transformer-based, stabilised linear power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 V DC, max. 500 mA, slow-blow fused\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMains input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 V\/60 Hz or 240 V\/50 Hz depending on version, max. 200 mA (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e mains switch, IEC inlet with fuse, grounding terminal (GND), permanently attached DC output cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible turntables:\u003c\/strong\u003e clearaudio concept and Performance DC series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium, silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 73 × 76 × 145 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 813 g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer's warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Clearaudio turntables is the Professional Power 12V meant for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor turntables in the concept and Performance DC series – in other words, every Clearaudio drive running on 12 volts DC. The quickest test: the output voltage is printed on the supplied plug-in power supply. If it says 24 V, you need the other version. Not sure about your model? A short message is enough, we'll sort it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it also fit Ovation or Innovation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Turntables in the Ovation and Innovation series run on 24 volts; Clearaudio builds the Professional Power 24V for them. A 12-volt power supply won't bring a 24-volt drive up to speed cleanly, and the reverse case can damage the motor electronics. That's why the two versions exist separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProfessional Power or Smart Power – what's the difference?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Professional Power smooths and stabilises the current from the mains. The Smart Power runs on battery during operation and disconnects the turntable from it completely. Clearaudio explicitly positions the Professional Power in between: above the standard power supply, below the battery solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the power supply have a mains switch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on the back, alongside the IEC inlet, fuse and grounding terminal. So you can switch the unit off between listening sessions. The DC cable to the turntable is permanently attached and carries the stabilised 12 volts directly to the motor input.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Professional Power 12V in silver at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we check first which voltage your turntable requires, and tell you honestly whether this step is currently the most sensible one in your chain. Behind it stands a specialist team in Wädenswil with years of experience, plus our own technician. Reach us at +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEverything that hangs off the other end of the cable: \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eturntables\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003ecartridges\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/phono-vorverstarker\"\u003ephono preamps\u003c\/a\u003e. More accessories around the turntable are under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eturntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989499375952,"sku":null,"price":590.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-professional-power-12v-netzteil-silber-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785846684"},{"product_id":"clearaudioprofessionalpower24vbl","title":"Clearaudio Professional Power 24V Power Supply, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Professional Power 24V is a transformer-based linear power supply for Clearaudio turntables with 24-volt drives, replacing the standard power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClearaudio names the Ovation and Innovation series as its field of use. Inside the black anodised aluminium cylinder sit a mains transformer, a generous filter and electronic protection – built to feed the motor control with a DC voltage that won't be unsettled by the mains.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Professional Power 24V?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eClearaudio's large turntables control their DC motor via their own control electronics. That control is only as precise as its supply: any residual ripple, any interference from the mains, lands as a small correction in the drive. The Professional Power stabilises the 24 volts before the output and passes them on via a permanently attached DC cable. On the back you'll find a mains switch, an IEC inlet with fuse and a grounding terminal – the classic first-aid kit for a hum living somewhere in the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eClearaudio explicitly describes the Professional Power 24V as an intermediate stage between the bundled standard power supply and the battery-powered Smart Power solution. In practice that means a quieter background, bass that holds its contour even in dense passages, and more composure on dynamic swings. The drive stays on its track without breathing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Professional Power 24V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor you, if your turntable comes from the Ovation or Innovation series. Straight talk: not for concept and not for Performance DC – those run on 12 volts and need the 12V version. And it's no miracle cure: a misaligned cartridge or a wobbly base stay a misaligned cartridge on a wobbly base, even with perfect power. Anyone wanting to take their turntable completely off the mains should look at the Smart Power 24V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA sensible step for Ovation and Innovation owners who've already worked on arm, cartridge and phono stage and want to address the drive next. It doesn't make anything louder or more spectacular – it removes unrest. You really only notice that once you switch back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e transformer-based, stabilised linear power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 V DC, max. 500 mA, electronically fused (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMains input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 V\/60 Hz or 240 V\/50 Hz depending on version, max. 200 mA (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003e3.0 W at 33 1\/3 rpm, \u003e3.1 W at 45 rpm, \u003e3.3 W at 78 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e mains switch, IEC inlet with fuse, grounding terminal (GND), permanently attached DC output cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible turntables:\u003c\/strong\u003e clearaudio Ovation and Innovation series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium, black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 92 × 94 × 145 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 1.10 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer's warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich Clearaudio turntables fit the Professional Power 24V?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eClearaudio names the Ovation and Innovation series. They run on 24 volts DC. Models in the concept and Performance DC series, by contrast, run on 12 volts and need the 12V version. The output voltage is printed on your original power supply – check there and the choice sorts itself out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I run it on a Performance DC or concept?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Those turntables are 12-volt models; the Professional Power 12V exists for them. Double the voltage on a 12-volt drive can damage the motor electronics, so please never try it. If in doubt, send us a message with your turntable and we'll match it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference to the Smart Power 24V?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Professional Power smooths and stabilises the current from the mains. The Smart Power runs on battery during operation and disconnects the turntable from it completely. Clearaudio deliberately positions the Professional Power in between: the step beyond the standard power supply, without going straight to the battery solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow big is the power supply, and where do I put it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt measures 92 × 94 × 145 mm and weighs around 1.1 kilograms – a compact aluminium cylinder that fits beside or under the rack. The DC cable is permanently attached; you connect a mains cable at the IEC inlet. A bit of distance from the phono stage and tonearm cable never hurts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Professional Power 24V at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the voltage absolutely has to match the turntable, and we check that for you before you order instead of leaving you to guess between two nearly identical-looking cylinders. HD Zürisee in Wädenswil brings decades of analogue experience and our own technician. Contact: +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls), shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe turntable itself is found among our \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eturntables\u003c\/a\u003e, matching cartridges under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003ecartridges\u003c\/a\u003e. More around the deck is under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eturntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, everything on the power topic under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/netzfilter-stromaufbereitung\"\u003emains filters \u0026amp; power conditioning\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989499408720,"sku":null,"price":990.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-professional-power-24v-netzteil-schwarz-schraegansicht.png?v=1785846684"},{"product_id":"clearaudioprofessionalpower24vsi","title":"Clearaudio Professional Power 24V Power Supply, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Professional Power 24V is a stabilised linear power supply that feeds the 24-volt drive of a Clearaudio turntable with DC voltage in place of the standard power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAccording to the manufacturer it's intended for turntables in the Ovation and Innovation series. The silver aluminium cylinder houses a mains transformer, filtering and electronic protection – the unglamorous side of analogue operation that you only learn to appreciate once it's missing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Professional Power 24V?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOvation and Innovation regulate their DC motor via their own real-time electronics. That regulation can only work as calmly as the voltage it receives. Residual ripple and interference from the mains would otherwise become constant micro-corrections to the drive. The Professional Power provides a filtered, stabilised DC voltage for this via a permanently attached DC cable; on the back, a mains switch, an IEC inlet with fuse and a grounding terminal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eClearaudio describes the unit as a deliberately placed step between the bundled power supply and the battery-powered Smart Power 24V. Audibly, that shows up as a deeper, calmer background, bass with clearer contour, and composure in dense passages – the kind of improvement that demands no attention and still stays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Professional Power 24V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor Ovation and Innovation owners who've already worked on their chain and are now tackling the drive. Straight talk: concept and Performance DC are 12-volt turntables – the 12V version is responsible for them, not this unit. And honesty stays honesty: if levelling, tracking force or azimuth aren't sorted yet, you'll get more out of those than out of the power supply. Anyone wanting a complete break from the mains ends up at the Smart Power 24V.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn upgrade without a show: same operation, same setup, just one extra cylinder in silver next to the turntable – and a drive that noticeably runs more evenly. Anyone who already cares about the last few percent on their Ovation or Innovation won't want to undo this step.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e transformer-based, stabilised linear power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 V DC, max. 500 mA, electronically fused (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMains input:\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 V\/60 Hz or 240 V\/50 Hz depending on version, max. 200 mA (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003e3.0 W at 33 1\/3 rpm, \u003e3.1 W at 45 rpm, \u003e3.3 W at 78 rpm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear connections:\u003c\/strong\u003e mains switch, IEC inlet with fuse, grounding terminal (GND), permanently attached DC output cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible turntables:\u003c\/strong\u003e clearaudio Ovation and Innovation series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium, silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 92 × 94 × 145 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 1.10 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturer's warranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes my turntable need 12 or 24 volts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the series: Ovation and Innovation run on 24 volts, concept and Performance DC on 12 volts. The quickest way to check is on the original power supply, where the output voltage is printed. This page shows the 24-volt version in silver; for 12 volts there's the sister model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if I connect the wrong voltage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the best case the motor won't start up cleanly; in the worst case the motor electronics get damaged. That's why Clearaudio offers two separate versions, and we ask about your model before you buy. A quick look at your current power supply spares you any discussion with service.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sets it apart from the Smart Power 24V?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Professional Power is a linear power supply: it cleans and stabilises the current from the mains socket. The Smart Power runs the turntable from a battery during operation and thereby disconnects it from the mains entirely. Clearaudio explicitly places the Professional Power between the standard power supply and the battery solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much current does the power supply deliver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMaximum 500 milliamps at 24 volts, electronically fused. That's designed precisely for the motor demand of the Ovation and Innovation turntables: Clearaudio states their power consumption at a bit over three watts, somewhat more depending on speed. So it's a specialist, not a universal lab supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Professional Power 24V in silver at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we match your turntable to the correct voltage variant before anything is packed, and tell you where in your chain the next step will do the most. Behind that stands a specialist shop in Wädenswil with its own technician for setup and alignment. Get in touch: +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls), shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFind matching turntables among our \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eturntables\u003c\/a\u003e, the phono stage under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/phono-vorverstarker\"\u003ephono preamps\u003c\/a\u003e. More accessories around the turntable are under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eturntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, and an overview of everything analogue under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/alles-vinyl\"\u003eeverything vinyl\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989499474256,"sku":null,"price":990.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-professional-power-24v-netzteil-silber-schraegansicht.png?v=1785846685"},{"product_id":"clearaudio-pure-groove","title":"Clearaudio Pure Groove Record Cleaning Fluid","description":"\u003cp\u003eClearaudio Pure Groove is a ready-to-use, alcohol-based cleaning fluid for vinyl records that dissolves even stubborn dirt right down to the bottom of the groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe alcohol content here is no side effect but the whole principle: it dissolves grease and, together with strong vacuum extraction, ensures the residual fluid leaves the record without a trace. The mixture is antistatic on top of that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Pure Groove?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it's the strongest of Clearaudio's ready-to-use vinyl fluids. Fingerprints, old grease films, pressing residue – Pure Groove removes what milder products need two attempts for. It's designed for use with record cleaning machines and doesn't foam, which for vacuum machines isn't a matter of taste, it's a requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA noticeably quieter background and details that used to sit under a veil of dirt. Especially with flea-market finds carrying a sticky film, the difference after the first wash is often bigger than that between two cartridges – hand on heart, hardly anyone likes to admit that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is Pure Groove for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor anyone with a record cleaning machine and a collection that's seen more than dust. Straight talk: Pure Groove is for vinyl only. Shellac records are attacked by this vinyl cleaner – for 78s made of natural resin there's the alcohol-free Pure Groove Shellac, and that's where the line stays. For gentler care, take Groove Care; for high volume, budget with the Pure Groove Essence concentrate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe in-house reference: no mixing, no discussion, simply the most effective vinyl fluid Clearaudio bottles ready-made. Which size suits your washing rhythm – and whether the Essence might be the smarter calculation after all – we're happy to work out with you by phone at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e ready-to-use cleaning fluid for vinyl records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComposition:\u003c\/strong\u003e alcohol-based, higher ethanol content than Clearaudio Groove Care\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProperties:\u003c\/strong\u003e antistatic, non-foaming, dries residue-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEffect:\u003c\/strong\u003e dissolves stubborn dirt right down to the bottom of the groove\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e record cleaning machine (Clearaudio and other manufacturers)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e vinyl records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e shellac records (78 rpm) – the alcohol attacks the natural resin\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.1 L, 0.25 L, 0.5 L, 1.0 L and 2.5 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use Pure Groove for shellac records?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Shellac records are attacked by Pure Groove's vinyl cleaner – the sensitive natural resin can't tolerate alcohol-based cleaners. For 78s, use only a fluid explicitly approved for them, like Clearaudio Pure Groove Shellac, which is formulated alcohol-free and cleans both shellac and vinyl.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to dilute Pure Groove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, Pure Groove comes bottled ready to use. Diluting it with tap water would weaken its effect and leave limescale in the groove after drying. Anyone wanting to mix their own and save money should reach for the Pure Groove Essence concentrate instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes Pure Groove work in every record cleaning machine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Clearaudio approves the fluid for record cleaning machines, and it doesn't foam – exactly what the manufacturer explicitly requires for its own machines. Cleaning by hand is possible in a pinch, but you only get the full result with vacuum extraction from the groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference to Groove Care and Pure Groove Essence?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePure Groove is the strongest ready-made mix with the highest alcohol content. Groove Care contains less ethanol, cleans more gently and is friendlier to ship. Pure Groove Essence is the concentrate you mix with alcohol to make Pure Groove yourself. All three are intended for vinyl only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy Clearaudio Pure Groove at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause there's someone on the phone who washes records themselves rather than just shipping boxes. We know the Clearaudio fluids from our own workshop and tell you which one suits your machine and your collection: +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls), shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's only truly clean as a package: \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/platten-reinigung\"\u003erecord cleaning\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003ecartridges\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/phono-vorverstarker\"\u003ephono preamps\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"0,1 L","offer_id":53125591695696,"sku":null,"price":20.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,25 L","offer_id":53125591728464,"sku":null,"price":32.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,5 L","offer_id":53125591761232,"sku":null,"price":50.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,0 L","offer_id":53125591794000,"sku":null,"price":75.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true},{"title":"2,5 L","offer_id":53125591826768,"sku":null,"price":180.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-pure-groove-plattenreiniger-fluessigkeit-frontansicht.jpg?v=1785848954"},{"product_id":"clearaudio-pure-groove-essence","title":"Clearaudio Pure Groove Essence Cleaning Concentrate","description":"\u003cp\u003eClearaudio Pure Groove Essence is a highly economical cleaning concentrate for vinyl records, from which you mix the finished Pure Groove fluid yourself using high-proof alcohol.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe principle is simple: Clearaudio supplies the active part, you source the alcohol locally. That saves on shipping weight, avoids the hazardous-goods restrictions of the ready-mixed version – and in the end you have exactly the same fluid in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Pure Groove Essence?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it's the most economical way to get Pure Groove if you wash a lot. From 0.35 litres of Essence plus 0.15 litres of alcohol you get 0.5 litres of cleaning fluid; from 1.75 litres plus 0.75 litres you get 2.5 litres. You only ever mix as much as you currently need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter mixing, exactly the properties of Pure Groove: highly effective right down to the bottom of the groove, antistatic, drying residue-free. The only difference is in the measuring cup, not in the groove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is Pure Groove Essence for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor frequent washers, archives, and anyone systematically working through a larger collection. Straight talk, and this is the most important sentence on this page: the Essence is mixed with 90% denatured ethanol or 90% isopropyl alcohol, not with water. The alcohol is not included in delivery. Anyone who finds that too much hassle should take the ready-made Pure Groove instead. And like Pure Groove, the Essence is strictly a vinyl matter – it's off-limits for shellac records (78s).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arithmetic problem among record cleaners – and it works out as soon as you wash regularly. Anyone who only bathes the occasional record reaches their goal faster with the ready-made mix. Which variant suits your rhythm is something we'll tell you plainly at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e cleaning concentrate for vinyl records (self-mixing)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMix with:\u003c\/strong\u003e 90% denatured ethanol or 90% isopropyl alcohol – not water, not included in delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMixing ratio:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.35 L + 0.15 L = 0.5 L; 0.7 L + 0.3 L = 1.0 L; 1.75 L + 0.75 L = 2.5 L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eResult:\u003c\/strong\u003e equivalent to the ready-made Clearaudio Pure Groove cleaning fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProperties once mixed:\u003c\/strong\u003e antistatic, non-foaming, dries residue-free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse:\u003c\/strong\u003e record cleaning machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e vinyl records\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e shellac records (78 rpm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable in:\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.35 L, 0.7 L and 1.75 L concentrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat do I mix Pure Groove Essence with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith high-proof alcohol, not water. Clearaudio specifies 90% denatured ethanol or 90% isopropyl alcohol. For every 0.35 litres of Essence you add 0.15 litres of alcohol, which gives 0.5 litres of finished fluid. The alcohol isn't included in delivery and must be sourced separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much finished cleaning fluid does one bottle make?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e0.35 litres of Essence makes 0.5 litres, 0.7 litres makes 1.0 litre, and 1.75 litres makes 2.5 litres of ready-to-use Pure Groove fluid. It's best to only mix as much as you'll use in the foreseeable future – freshly mixed, the fluid works most reliably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the mixed fluid the same as Pure Groove?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. According to Clearaudio, correctly mixing it gives you exactly the familiar Pure Groove fluid – same cleaning power, same antistatic properties, same suitability for record cleaning machines. The Essence exists mainly because a concentrate can be shipped internationally without hazardous-goods restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the Essence for shellac records?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Once mixed, it is Pure Groove and therefore alcohol-based – shellac made of natural resin is attacked by such vinyl cleaners. For 78s you need a fluid explicitly approved for them, like Clearaudio Pure Groove Shellac. With an old collection, this is one rule really worth taking seriously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy Clearaudio Pure Groove Essence at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we tell you upfront what you're getting into: which alcohol, which ratio, which quantity makes sense for your collection. Our team has worked with these products for years. Reach us at +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're already washing: \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/platten-reinigung\"\u003erecord cleaning\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eturntables\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/alles-vinyl\"\u003eeverything vinyl\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"0,35 L","offer_id":53125591859536,"sku":null,"price":32.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true},{"title":"0,7 L","offer_id":53125591892304,"sku":null,"price":50.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true},{"title":"1,75 L","offer_id":53125591925072,"sku":null,"price":115.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-pure-groove-essence-reinigungskonzentrat-frontansicht.jpg?v=1785848954"},{"product_id":"clearaudiosmartpower12vbl","title":"Clearaudio Smart Power 12V Battery Power Supply, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Smart Power 12V is a battery power supply that fully disconnects a 12-volt turntable from the mains during operation and feeds the drive motor from a NiMH battery with pure DC current.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs long as you're listening, the power comes from the battery – no mains hum, no voltage spikes, none of what the fridge and LED dimmers send back into the line all day long. When the charge runs low, the unit recharges itself automatically and keeps feeding your turntable in the meantime. The stylus notices nothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Smart Power 12V?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA belt-drive turntable lives on a steady speed, and that depends directly on how cleanly the motor is fed. The mains is a poor supplier for that: switching power supplies, dimmers and chargers all leave traces. In battery mode there's simply no connection left for any of that to travel over. Add to that the battery's very low internal resistance – it delivers current faster and with a flatter discharge curve than any plug-in power supply ever could.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you hear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe so-called \"night effect\", just around the clock: a quieter background, instruments that keep their place, and bass that grips dry rather than spreading out. It's most obvious in quiet passages – where there seemed to be nothing before, you suddenly hear space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Smart Power 12V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor you, if you own a Clearaudio Concept or a Performance DC and want to squeeze out the last bit of speed stability without swapping the whole turntable. Plain talk: the voltage has to match – turntables in the Ovation, Innovation and Statement series run on 24 volts and need the larger model. And batteries are wear parts; after a few years capacity drops. That's not a drama, just a service appointment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne of the few accessories where the effect isn't a matter of imagination. The Smart Power 12V brings a Concept or Performance DC sonically closer to the next league up, without you having to change anything about placement, alignment or cartridge. If you want to keep your turntable anyway, this is the least spectacular sensible step forward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e battery power supply with complete mains isolation during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e nickel-metal hydride (NiMH), 5000 mAh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 V DC, max. 1.6 A, electronically fused (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharging:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 V plug-in power supply, 100–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz, max. 1.6 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5–33 W in operation, 0 W when switched off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e clearaudio Concept, Concept Active and Performance DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium, black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 × 46 × 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 2.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years (battery excluded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smart Power 12V with 160 cm power cable, 19 V plug-in power supply, instruction manual, warranty card\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich turntables suit the Smart Power 12V?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Smart Power 12V is built for clearaudio turntables with a 12-volt input, specifically Concept, Concept Active and Performance DC. Turntables in the Ovation, Innovation and Statement series run on 24 volts and need the larger Smart Power 24V. If in doubt, check the label on your original power supply or just ask us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if the battery runs flat while listening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing you'll notice. The unit automatically switches to charging or buffer mode and keeps feeding your turntable in the meantime – the record keeps spinning without interruption. You get the last bit of quiet by unplugging the charger while listening and running purely on battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Professional Power 12V?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Professional Power 12V is a linear power supply: it cleans and stabilises the power but stays connected to the mains. The Smart Power goes one step further and cuts that connection completely during operation. Both improve speed stability; the battery solution is the more consistent – and more elaborate – one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Smart Power 12V from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we've been setting up, aligning and servicing Clearaudio turntables for many years – and we handle the battery service in-house later on, instead of sending you off to a service centre. First we'll tell you honestly whether your turntable really benefits from it. Call us on +41 44 680 22 00, message us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or at shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe right turntable is found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e, the matching amplification under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/phono-vorverstarker\"\u003ePhono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e. More around the turntable is found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, everything about power under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/netzfilter-stromaufbereitung\"\u003eMains filters \u0026amp; power conditioning\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989500784976,"sku":null,"price":850.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-smart-power-12v-akku-netzteil-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785846699"},{"product_id":"clearaudiosmartpower12vsi","title":"Clearaudio Smart Power 12V Battery Power Supply, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Smart Power 12V is a battery power supply that completely disconnects the drive motor of a 12-volt turntable from the mains during operation, feeding it instead from a NiMH battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe power then no longer comes from the wall, but from a store of energy right next to the turntable – without hum, without voltage spikes, and without the leftovers of what the rest of the household sends back into the mains all day long. When the charge runs low, the charging system takes over on its own, and the record just keeps spinning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Smart Power 12V?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe speed of a belt-drive turntable is only as steady as the current that drives the motor. That's exactly where a battery has a structural advantage: very low internal resistance, a flat discharge curve and, above all, no conductive connection to the mains. What isn't connected can't interfere either – the physics behind it is that unspectacular, and that effective.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you hear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eQuiet behind the music. The background turns blacker, voices stand more solidly in the centre, and in the bass that slight smearing disappears that you only miss once it's gone. On quiet, finely recorded records, the difference is greatest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Smart Power 12V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor anyone running a Concept, Concept Active or Performance DC who wants to keep their turntable but still move up a notch. Plain talk: if you own an Ovation, Innovation or Statement, this isn't for you – those turntables run on 24 volts. And the battery ages, like any battery. After a few years a replacement is due, which we handle in Wädenswil.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn accessory that delivers exactly where it's hard to fake: speed stability. The Smart Power 12V doesn't turn a Concept into an Innovation, but it audibly gets more out of the turntable you already have – permanently, without realignment, without side effects. In Silver it also sits so unobtrusively next to the turntable that nobody would take it for an upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e battery power supply with complete mains isolation during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e nickel-metal hydride (NiMH), 5000 mAh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12 V DC, max. 1.6 A, electronically fused (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharging:\u003c\/strong\u003e 19 V plug-in power supply, 100–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz, max. 1.6 A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5–33 W in operation, 0 W when switched off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e clearaudio Concept, Concept Active and Performance DC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium, silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 110 × 46 × 350 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 2.2 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 years (battery excluded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smart Power 12V with 160 cm power cable, 19 V plug-in power supply, instruction manual, warranty card\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Smart Power 12V fit my turntable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's built for clearaudio turntables with a 12-volt DC input, so Concept, Concept Active and Performance DC. Ovation, Innovation and Statement, on the other hand, run on 24 volts and need the larger model. A look at your original power supply reveals the voltage; otherwise our team in Wädenswil will help you quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to charge the unit before listening?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. You can listen at any time, even while charging – the power supply then works in buffer mode. Sonically cleanest is pure battery operation with the charger unplugged. In practice that means: charge during the day, unplug in the evening and listen. The electronics monitor voltage and current on their own throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does it offer over the standard power supply?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe supplied standard power supply stays permanently connected to the mains and passes its disturbances on to the motor. The Smart Power completely cuts that connection during operation and delivers DC current from the battery instead – smoother, cleaner and with a significantly lower internal resistance. The result is a measurably and audibly steadier speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Smart Power 12V from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we tell you beforehand whether the upgrade is even worth it for your chain, instead of just letting you grab it off the shelf. We're an authorised specialist dealer, we can set up your turntable at your home on request, and we handle the later battery service ourselves. Reach us on +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurntables are found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e, the matching amplification under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/phono-vorverstarker\"\u003ePhono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e. Accessories around the turntable are found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, more ideas on the subject of power under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/netzfilter-stromaufbereitung\"\u003eMains filters \u0026amp; power conditioning\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989500817744,"sku":null,"price":850.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-smart-power-12v-akku-netzteil-silber-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785846833"},{"product_id":"clearaudiosmartpower24vbl","title":"Clearaudio Smart Power 24V Ovation\/Innovation Battery Power Supply, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Smart Power 24V is a battery power supply for 24-volt turntables that galvanically disconnects the drive motor from the mains during operation and feeds it from a 5000 mAh NiMH battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA charging system inside the unit continuously monitors voltage and current and calculates the remaining runtime for you. When it gets low, it switches over on its own – playback continues without interruption. So you don't have to go hunting for the plug in the middle of the second side of a record.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Smart Power 24V?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA turntable in the Ovation or Innovation class is already mechanically well sorted; the limiting factor after that sits in the wall socket. The battery delivers DC current with very low internal resistance and a flat discharge curve, and because there's no conductive connection to the mains during operation, nothing from there can interfere either. The solid aluminium housing additionally keeps out vibration and electromagnetic interference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you hear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe soundstage becomes deeper and calmer, instruments get air around them, and through dynamic swings the motor remains completely unfazed. Not an effect that jumps out at you on the first note – but one you won't want to give up after a week.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Smart Power 24V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor owners of a 24-volt clearaudio turntable; the manufacturer explicitly names the Ovation, Innovation and Statement series. Plain talk: on an entry-level turntable the money would clearly be better spent on a better cartridge – this is fine-tuning for systems that are already dialled in. It also wants a spot with a bit of breathing room, and the batteries become a service item after some years.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Smart Power 24V belongs to the small group of accessories nobody argues about after connecting it. It doesn't change your turntable's character, it just removes an unrest that hardly anyone recognised as unrest beforehand. For an Ovation or Innovation it's the logical next step – and one that stays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e battery power supply with galvanic mains isolation during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e nickel-metal hydride (NiMH), 5000 mAh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 V DC, max. 1.6 A, electronically fused (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMains connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz, max. 1.6 A, integrated charging system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5–33 W in operation, 0 W with mains switch off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e shows charge state and calculated remaining runtime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e clearaudio turntables in the Ovation, Innovation and Statement series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium, black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 × 125 × 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 5.7 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 years (battery excluded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich turntables is the Smart Power 24V intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eclearaudio names the Ovation, Innovation and Statement series, i.e. all models with a 24-volt DC input. Concept and Performance DC, by contrast, run on 12 volts and need the smaller version. If you're unsure which power supply is currently connected to your turntable, just send us a photo of the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I listen while the battery is charging?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. In charging mode the unit keeps feeding your turntable without interruption, the record plays through with no dropouts. The full effect, however, comes from pure battery operation with no mains connected. The display always shows the charge state and the calculated remaining runtime, so you never have to guess.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does one battery charge last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the turntable and the operating mode: power consumption ranges from 6.5 to 33 watts, the battery holds 5000 mAh. In practice that's enough for long listening evenings. When the voltage runs low, the electronics switch over in good time, without the music being interrupted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Smart Power 24V from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we don't just sell analogue turntables, we set them up, align them and look after them over the years – including battery service here in Wädenswil. And because we'll also tell you if a different upgrade would bring more to your chain. Reach us on +41 44 680 22 00, by WhatsApp on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or at shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching turntable under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e, the right amplification under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/phono-vorverstarker\"\u003ePhono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e. More around the turntable is found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, everything about power under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/netzfilter-stromaufbereitung\"\u003eMains filters \u0026amp; power conditioning\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989500850512,"sku":null,"price":3100.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-smart-power-24v-ovation-innovation-akku-netzteil-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785846833"},{"product_id":"clearaudiosmartpower24vsi","title":"Clearaudio Smart Power 24V Ovation\/Innovation Battery Power Supply, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Smart Power 24V is a battery power supply that galvanically disconnects 24-volt turntables from the mains during operation and feeds the motor from a 5000 mAh NiMH battery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInstead of from the wall socket, the power comes from the store of energy right next to it. An onboard charging system watches voltage and current, calculates the remaining runtime and switches over in good time when it gets tight. The music keeps playing without interruption throughout.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Smart Power 24V?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn an Ovation or Innovation, the mechanics are no longer the problem – the power supply is. A battery has physical advantages here that can't be argued away: minimal internal resistance, a flat discharge curve and, much more importantly, no conductive bridge to the mains. Whatever the solar inverter or the charger in the next room is doing simply stays out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you hear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbove all, more quiet between the notes. The imaging gains depth, instruments stand more clearly next to one another, and complex passages lose that slight tension. It's the kind of improvement you only notice once you remove it again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Smart Power 24V for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor you, if you're running a 24-volt clearaudio turntable – the manufacturer lists the Ovation, Innovation and Statement series. Plain talk: if you're still at the start of your analogue chain, you'll get more out of a better cartridge or a clean setup. And by the way: the battery is a wear part and wants replacing after a few years. We take care of that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA power supply you buy and then forget about – in the best sense. The Smart Power 24V doesn't twist the sound, it just clears out what the mains was bringing in before. In Silver it fits visually right in with the light Ovation and Innovation finishes, and once you've heard battery operation, you rarely switch back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e battery power supply with galvanic mains isolation during operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery:\u003c\/strong\u003e nickel-metal hydride (NiMH), 5000 mAh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 V DC, max. 1.6 A, electronically fused (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMains connection:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100–240 V AC, 50–60 Hz, max. 1.6 A, integrated charging system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower consumption:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6.5–33 W in operation, 0 W with mains switch off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay:\u003c\/strong\u003e shows charge state and calculated remaining runtime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e clearaudio turntables in the Ovation, Innovation and Statement series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium, silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 210 × 125 × 305 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 5.7 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 years (battery excluded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Smart Power 24V fit my turntable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's built for clearaudio turntables with a 24-volt DC input; the manufacturer names the Ovation, Innovation and Statement series. A Concept or Performance DC runs on 12 volts and needs the smaller Smart Power 12V. The voltage is on the label of your original power supply; otherwise we'll check it for you quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the unit have to stay connected to the mains at all times?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, and that's exactly the point. It's connected to the mains for charging, not for listening – in pure battery operation there's no longer any conductive connection to the mains. If you charge while listening, playback still continues without interruption, just without the full effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much space does it need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe housing measures 210 × 125 × 305 mm at around 5.7 kilograms, so it's deeper than it is wide and belongs on a stable surface. A little air around it does it good, since the charging process generates heat. It doesn't need to sit directly under the turntable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Smart Power 24V from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause with us there's someone on the phone who sets up and aligns turntables himself, instead of reading you a datasheet. We're an authorised specialist dealer, deliver and install on-site on request, and take care of the battery service afterwards. Call us on +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatching turntables are found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e, the phono stage to go with it under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/phono-vorverstarker\"\u003ePhono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e. Around the turntable it's worth a look at \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, for the rest of the system at \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/netzfilter-stromaufbereitung\"\u003eMains filters \u0026amp; power conditioning\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989500883280,"sku":null,"price":3100.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-smart-power-24v-ovation-innovation-akku-netzteil-silber-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785846934"},{"product_id":"clearaudiosmartpower24vstbl","title":"Clearaudio Smart Power 24V Statement Battery Power Supply, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Smart Power 24V Statement is the version of the battery power supply tailored to the Statement turntable: it disconnects the drive from the mains during operation and feeds it with DC current from NiMH batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe circuitry and housing are built for the flagship – aluminium combined with Panzerholz laminate wood, solidly built, low in resonance and electromagnetically shielded. A unit you don't accidentally shift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Smart Power 24V Statement?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you're running a turntable of this calibre, the power supply is exactly the wrong place to start cutting corners. In battery operation there's no longer any conductive connection to the mains, so interference can't cross over in the first place. The Statement drive reacts to the smallest changes in voltage – and it's exactly those that the Smart Power keeps as flat as physically possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you hear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA completely calm, stable soundstage behind the voices and a composure that lets the Statement fully come into its own for the first time. Especially with large orchestral recordings, everything stays sorted where it previously crowded together ever so slightly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Smart Power 24V Statement for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor owners of a Statement turntable – here it's mandatory, not optional. Plain talk: for an Ovation or Innovation it's oversized; that's what the standard version of the Smart Power 24V is for. It's large, wants space and ventilation, and the batteries become a service item after some years. Both are things to know beforehand, not after.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a Statement, the power supply is no longer a matter of taste, but part of the design. The Smart Power 24V Statement delivers exactly what a turntable of this class needs: absolute calm in the drive and no argument left about the mains. Once you've gone this far, you'll hear the difference – and won't want to give it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e battery-based reference power supply with mains isolation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery type:\u003c\/strong\u003e nickel-metal hydride (NiMH), high-performance cells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 V direct current (DC)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFuse:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 A (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium with Panzerholz elements, black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e charger, special connecting cable to the Statement motor, instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I also run it on an Ovation or Innovation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTechnically it delivers 24 volts too, but the circuitry and build are entirely tailored to the Statement. For Ovation and Innovation turntables we recommend the standard version of the Smart Power 24V – it's more compact, more affordable and the better match for those drives. Ask us if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long does a battery charge last?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThanks to its generously sized capacity, it's enough for long listening sessions. When the voltage runs low, the system switches to buffer mode in good time and recharges while playback continues. An abrupt end in the middle of a record side is not on the cards.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a battery replacement complicated?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot for you. Batteries are wear parts and lose capacity after a few years; we carry out the replacement in Wädenswil to expert standard, so the system delivers full runtime and performance again. Just get in touch when the displayed remaining runtime becomes noticeably shorter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Smart Power 24V Statement from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we set up, align and look after systems of this class over the years – with our own in-house technician instead of a hotline abroad. We deliver and install on-site on request and stay reachable afterwards. Call us on +41 44 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTurntables in this league are found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e, the matching phono stage under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/phono-vorverstarker\"\u003ePhono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e. Accessories around the turntable are found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, for the rest of the system it's worth a look at \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/netzfilter-stromaufbereitung\"\u003eMains filters \u0026amp; power conditioning\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989500916048,"sku":null,"price":3565.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-smart-power-24v-statement-akku-netzteil-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785862515"},{"product_id":"clearaudiosmartpower24vstsi1","title":"Clearaudio Smart Power 24V Statement Battery Power Supply, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Smart Power 24V Statement is the version of the battery power supply tailored to the Statement turntable: it disconnects the drive from the mains during operation and feeds it with DC current from NiMH batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHousing and circuitry follow the flagship: aluminium with Panzerholz laminate wood elements, solid, low in resonance and electromagnetically shielded. In Silver it sits next to a light-coloured Statement as if it had always belonged there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Smart Power 24V Statement?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a turntable of this class, the last remaining source of interference is the wall socket. In battery operation there's no longer any conductive bridge to the mains – whatever happens there stays there. The Statement drive registers even the smallest voltage fluctuations, and it's exactly those that a battery store keeps flatter than any power supply with a mains connection ever could.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you hear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA calm, deeply layered soundstage and a composure in the drive that carries through the entire playback. Voices stand more solidly, transients feel more precise – without anything sounding brighter or more analytical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Smart Power 24V Statement for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor owners of a Statement turntable who want to see their chain through consistently to the end. Plain talk: on an Ovation or Innovation it's oversized – that's what the standard version of the Smart Power 24V is for. It needs space, it needs ventilation, and the batteries become a service item after some years. Anyone who reckons with that will enjoy it for a long time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA power supply whose justification doesn't come from a brochure, but from the design of the turntable it's connected to. The Smart Power 24V Statement takes the last unrest out of the drive and turns a very good result into a self-evident one. Anyone running a Statement should at least not ignore it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesign:\u003c\/strong\u003e battery-based reference power supply with mains isolation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery type:\u003c\/strong\u003e nickel-metal hydride (NiMH), high-performance cells\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutput:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24 V direct current (DC)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFuse:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 A (slow-blow)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHousing:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminium with Panzerholz elements, silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e charger, special connecting cable to the Statement motor, instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I absolutely need it if I own a Statement?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot absolutely – the turntable also plays fine on its standard power supply. But the Smart Power Statement lifts the drive to a different level of calm, because in battery operation there's no longer any connection to the mains. Whether that's worth it for your chain is something we'll tell you honestly beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it also fit an Ovation or Innovation turntable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt does deliver 24 volts too, but its circuitry and build are designed for the Statement. For Ovation and Innovation the standard version of the Smart Power 24V is the more sensible and more compact solution. We can sort out which variant is right for your turntable in two minutes on the phone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much space should I plan for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt around eight kilograms and with a solid housing of aluminium and Panzerholz, it belongs on a stable, level surface. Some air all around is sensible, since charging generates heat. Don't put it on a wobbly shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Smart Power 24V Statement from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause we don't just sell analogue systems of this scale, we set them up, install them and support them for years – with our own technician for service and battery replacement. Delivery and on-site installation are possible. Reach us on +41 44 680 22 00, by WhatsApp on \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or at shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching turntable under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e, the phono stage to go with it under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/phono-vorverstarker\"\u003ePhono preamplifiers\u003c\/a\u003e. Further accessories are found under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable accessories\u003c\/a\u003e, everything about power supply under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/netzfilter-stromaufbereitung\"\u003eMains filters \u0026amp; power conditioning\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989500948816,"sku":null,"price":3565.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-smart-power-24v-statement-akku-netzteil-silber-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785862515"},{"product_id":"clearaudioturntablekit","title":"Clearaudio Turntable Carekit Professional","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio Turntable Carekit Professional is a nine-piece care set for turntables that bundles brushes, cleaning fluids and tools for stylus, record and turntable into one case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded are the Pure Groove record brush, the carbon record brush \"Doppeldecker\", a stylus cleaning brush, the stylus cleaning fluid \"Elixir of Sound\", a precision aluminium screwdriver, polishing paste, 100 ml of Pure Groove record cleaning fluid, 100 ml of acrylic cleaner and a microfibre cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Carekit Professional?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause dust is the most expensive guest at your system. On the stylus, frictional heat makes it act like a tiny torch on the diamond; in the groove, it eats away at fine dynamics. Instead of hunting for three little bottles in three drawers, you have everything together here – stylus, record, acrylic surface and even the screwdriver for setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA clean stylus and clean grooves: less distortion, less crackle, more fine dynamics. The acoustic haze you only notice once it's gone, disappears. On top of that, regular care noticeably extends the life of both stylus and record.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Carekit Professional suited for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor frequent listeners and collectors who care for their own turntable and don't want to improvise while doing it. Plainly put: the set is extensive – anyone who plays ten records a year is more honestly served with one brush and one bottle of cleaner. And a caution about the fluids: included is Pure Groove, a pure vinyl cleaner. You must not use it on shellac records (78s). Always run the stylus cleaner \"Elixir of Sound\" from back to front, never sideways – otherwise the cantilever can suffer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most complete care package Clearaudio offers, and for a high-quality turntable one of the most sensible purchases there is. If you're unsure which brush is for what, or how often you really need to clean, we'll simply show you at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e care set for turntables, records and cartridges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAreas of use:\u003c\/strong\u003e stylus cleaning, record cleaning, acrylic care, setup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFluids included:\u003c\/strong\u003e \"Elixir of Sound\" stylus cleaner, 100 ml Pure Groove record cleaner, 100 ml acrylic cleaner, polishing paste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrushes included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pure Groove record brush, carbon record brush \"Doppeldecker\", stylus cleaning brush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool:\u003c\/strong\u003e precision aluminium screwdriver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCase:\u003c\/strong\u003e transparent plastic case with carry handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e vinyl records and turntables of all makes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e shellac records – the included Pure Groove is a pure vinyl cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded in delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pure Groove record brush, carbon record brush \"Doppeldecker\", stylus cleaning brush, \"Elixir of Sound\", precision aluminium screwdriver, polishing paste, 100 ml Pure Groove, 100 ml acrylic cleaner, microfibre cloth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly is included in the Carekit Professional?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNine pieces: the Pure Groove record brush, the carbon record brush \"Doppeldecker\", a stylus cleaning brush, the stylus cleaner \"Elixir of Sound\", a precision aluminium screwdriver, polishing paste, 100 ml of Pure Groove record cleaning fluid, 100 ml of acrylic cleaner and a microfibre cloth – all in the case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I also use the set for shellac records?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, at least not the record cleaning fluid. Included is Pure Groove, an alcohol-based vinyl cleaner that attacks shellac made from natural resin. For 78s you additionally need an approved fluid such as Pure Groove Shellac. You can still use the brushes, stylus cleaner and tool from the set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the stylus correctly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways from back to front, in the direction of tracking – never sideways and never against the direction of travel, otherwise the cantilever can bend. For the dry routine, use the stylus brush; for stubborn residue, use \"Elixir of Sound\" sparingly. Less fluid is almost always more here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the set also suit turntables from other brands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The brushes, cleaners and screwdriver aren't limited to Clearaudio turntables and work on any turntable with a classic cartridge. The acrylic cleaner is specifically intended for acrylic parts – test it on an inconspicuous spot first on lacquered or veneered surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio Turntable Carekit at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we use the care products ourselves on customers' turntables and show you the moves rather than just describing them – especially with sensitive MC cartridges. Our technician Mauri is on site. Get in touch at +41 44 680 22 00, via WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or at shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSo the care doesn't go to waste: \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/platten-reinigung\"\u003eRecord Cleaning\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003eCartridges\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989502030160,"sku":null,"price":180.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-turntable-carekit-professional-pflegeset-lieferumfang.jpg?v=1785847915"},{"product_id":"clearaudiovtabl","title":"Clearaudio VTA Lifter, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio VTA Lifter is a mechanical height adjustment for the tonearm base that lets you fine-tune your tonearm's vertical tracking angle (VTA) with precision – even while the record is playing, this version in black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA finely knurled, graduated adjustment wheel lets you raise or lower the arm reproducibly. That way you can compensate for different record thicknesses without hunting for the Allen key every time – which, as everyone knows, is never where you last left it exactly when you need it for this adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the VTA Lifter?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVTA is the angle at which the stylus sits in the groove. Get it wrong and both fine detail and bass suffer. A thick 180-gram pressing and a thin eighties record need different heights – with the Lifter you find the right point in real time, much like using the focus ring on a camera. Once locked in place, the arm sits rock solid again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you'll hear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs you fine-tune, the sound practically snaps into focus: bass gets punchier, highs turn clean instead of harsh, and the soundstage opens up. The difference is especially clear with fine stylus profiles like Shibata or Micro-Line – coarser round\/elliptical styli are more forgiving, but reward you less for the effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the VTA Lifter for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor perfectionists with a mixed record collection and a high-quality cartridge who want the best out of every single record. Plain talk: the Lifter builds up higher than a standard tonearm base – on some turntables the dust cover no longer closes afterwards. And mounting it requires a matching hole in the tonearm base; for third-party turntables a drilling template for 9-inch tonearms is included. We're happy to check beforehand whether everything fits your turntable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn adjustment tool that finally makes one of the most effective turntable settings practical for everyday use: once installed, VTA is no longer a fiddly project but a simple turn of the wheel. Whether the effort is worth it for your turntable, and whether the dust cover still closes afterwards, we'll tell you honestly beforehand at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e VTA height adjustment of the tonearm base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e graduated adjustment wheel, fine thread, operable even while playing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment range:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum and stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 300 g (depending on version)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e interchangeable mount for almost all common pivoted tonearms – Clearaudio Unify, Satisfy and Universal as well as arms from Rega, Linn or Pro-Ject\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e requires a matching hole in the tonearm base; a drilling template for 9-inch tonearms is included for third-party turntables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e VTA Lifter, mounting hardware, drilling template for 9-inch tonearms, instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the VTA Lifter fit any tonearm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits almost any common pivoted tonearm. The Lifter has an interchangeable mount and is designed not only for Clearaudio arms like Unify, Satisfy and Universal but also for arms from Rega, Linn or Pro-Ject. Just tell us your turntable and tonearm when ordering, and the right mount will be included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much height can I compensate for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustment range is around 15 millimeters. That's enough for different record thicknesses, from a thin pressing to a heavy 180-gram album, and also for a thicker platter mat. Adjustment is stepless via the graduated wheel, so you can find your way back to a setting you've already dialed in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it while the record is playing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's exactly what it's made for. You turn the adjustment wheel while the record plays and hear the change directly, instead of having to compare it from memory between two passes. Once locked in place, the arm sits rigid and free of play again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes installing it harm the sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuite the opposite: thanks to its solid construction and precise guidance, the tonearm often sits more stably than with a simple clamp. The only thing that matters is clean installation – a crooked Lifter can do more damage than the best VTA setting could ever make up for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio VTA Lifter from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we do VTA adjustments day in, day out, and check beforehand whether the Lifter, tonearm and dust cover fit your turntable – including professional installation by our own technician. Call us at +41 44 680 22 00, email shop@hdzuerisee.ch, or reach us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find matching arms under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonarme\"\u003eTonearms\u003c\/a\u003e, cartridges under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003eCartridges\u003c\/a\u003e and more adjustment tools under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e. Matching turntables are available under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989502226768,"sku":null,"price":690.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-vta-lifter-vta-hoehenverstellung-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785848080"},{"product_id":"clearaudiovtasi","title":"Clearaudio VTA Lifter, Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Clearaudio VTA Lifter is a mechanical height adjustment for the tonearm base that lets you fine-tune your tonearm's vertical tracking angle (VTA) with precision – even while the record is playing, this version in silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA finely knurled, graduated adjustment wheel lets you raise or lower the arm reproducibly. That way you can compensate for different record thicknesses without hunting for the Allen key every time – which, as everyone knows, is never where you last left it exactly when you need it for this adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the VTA Lifter?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVTA is the angle at which the stylus sits in the groove. Get it wrong and both fine detail and bass suffer. A thick 180-gram pressing and a thin eighties record need different heights – with the Lifter you find the right point in real time, much like using the focus ring on a camera. Once locked in place, the arm sits rock solid again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you'll hear\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs you fine-tune, the sound practically snaps into focus: bass gets punchier, highs turn clean instead of harsh, and the soundstage opens up. The difference is especially clear with fine stylus profiles like Shibata or Micro-Line – coarser round\/elliptical styli are more forgiving, but reward you less for the effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the VTA Lifter for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor perfectionists with a mixed record collection and a high-quality cartridge who want the best out of every single record. Plain talk: the Lifter builds up higher than a standard tonearm base – on some turntables the dust cover no longer closes afterwards. And mounting it requires a matching hole in the tonearm base; for third-party turntables a drilling template for 9-inch tonearms is included. We're happy to check beforehand whether everything fits your turntable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn adjustment tool that finally makes one of the most effective turntable settings practical for everyday use: once installed, VTA is no longer a fiddly project but a simple turn of the wheel. Whether the effort is worth it for your turntable, and whether the dust cover still closes afterwards, we'll tell you honestly beforehand at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFunction:\u003c\/strong\u003e VTA height adjustment of the tonearm base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e graduated adjustment wheel, fine thread, operable even while playing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment range:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum and stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 300 g (depending on version)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e interchangeable mount for almost all common pivoted tonearms – Clearaudio Unify, Satisfy and Universal as well as arms from Rega, Linn or Pro-Ject\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e requires a matching hole in the tonearm base; a drilling template for 9-inch tonearms is included for third-party turntables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e aluminum silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e VTA Lifter, mounting hardware, drilling template for 9-inch tonearms, instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the VTA Lifter fit any tonearm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits almost any common pivoted tonearm. The Lifter has an interchangeable mount and is designed not only for Clearaudio arms like Unify, Satisfy and Universal but also for arms from Rega, Linn or Pro-Ject. Just tell us your turntable and tonearm when ordering, and the right mount will be included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much height can I compensate for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustment range is around 15 millimeters. That's enough for different record thicknesses, from a thin pressing to a heavy 180-gram album, and also for a thicker platter mat. Adjustment is stepless via the graduated wheel, so you can find your way back to a setting you've already dialed in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust it while the record is playing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's exactly what it's made for. You turn the adjustment wheel while the record plays and hear the change directly, instead of having to compare it from memory between two passes. Once locked in place, the arm sits rigid and free of play again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes installing it harm the sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eQuite the opposite: thanks to its solid construction and precise guidance, the tonearm often sits more stably than with a simple clamp. The only thing that matters is clean installation – a crooked Lifter can do more damage than the best VTA setting could ever make up for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the Clearaudio VTA Lifter from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we do VTA adjustments day in, day out, and check beforehand whether the Lifter, tonearm and dust cover fit your turntable – including professional installation by our own technician. Call us at +41 44 680 22 00, email shop@hdzuerisee.ch, or reach us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find matching arms under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonarme\"\u003eTonearms\u003c\/a\u003e, cartridges under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/tonabnehmer\"\u003eCartridges\u003c\/a\u003e and more adjustment tools under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler-zubehor\"\u003eTurntable Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e. Matching turntables are available under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/plattenspieler\"\u003eTurntables\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Clearaudio","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989502292304,"sku":null,"price":690.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/clearaudio-vta-lifter-vta-hoehenverstellung-silber-schraegansicht.png?v=1785848081"},{"product_id":"crtech5035","title":"CR-Tech Sound Supports 5035, Set of 4","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CR-Tech Sound Supports 5035 are decoupling feet with an M6 thread that separate medium-heavy speakers from the floor via a two-stage damping system. You get them here as a set of 4 – enough to equip exactly one speaker with four contact points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeveloped and made by crTech in Switzerland, as a further development of the flatter 5023. 50 mm diameter, 35 mm height, M6 internal thread: you screw them in place of the original feet or spikes. If your speaker has a different thread, matching adapters are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Sound Supports 5035?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA speaker that's working pushes energy into its footprint. A hard-coupled floor happily absorbs that energy and gives it back, delayed and diffuse – your parquet then plays quietly along, uninvited. The two-stage system in the 5035 stops exactly that: vertical forces never make it into the floor at all, horizontal ones are dissipated in a controlled way.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompared with the flatter 5023, the 5035 has more height and therefore more damping travel. It's designed for medium-heavy speakers: the manufacturer's chart names a range of roughly 20 to 60 kg, distribution specifies a load capacity of up to 80 kg per foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you hear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bass stands out first. It becomes drier and more defined, because the floor's ringing sustain is missing. Then you notice it in the midrange: voices stand more calmly, instruments keep their edges. No effects box, no big aha moment – just the feeling that someone tidied up the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho are the Sound Supports 5035 suited for – and who aren't they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor medium-heavy floorstanding speakers with an M6 threaded hole, especially on hard floors – concrete, screed, tile, floating parquet. That's where direct coupling shows its worst, and that's where the gain is greatest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStraight talk:\u003c\/strong\u003e under truly heavy speakers beyond 60 kg, the 5035 is undersized – that's where the larger 6540 with M8 thread belongs. Under light bookshelf speakers, turntables or electronics it's overkill in the other direction – that's what the 5023 and 5017 are for. And if you haven't got placement and room under control yet, that's where you get more sound for less effort. Decoupling is fine-tuning, not the foundation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sweet spot of the range. Enough headroom for full-size floorstanders without having to reach straight for the big 6540 – and with the 4-piece set, one speaker is fully equipped, which makes the maths pleasantly simple: one pair of speakers, two sets. Which size suits your model and your floor construction, we're happy to work out with you at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: threaded decoupling feet for medium-heavy speakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 50 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread: M6 (internal); thread adapters to other sizes available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication range: medium-heavy speakers, roughly 20–60 kg (manufacturer's data)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: up to 80 kg per foot (distributor's data)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: two-stage damping system – prevents vertical force transfer into the floor, dissipates horizontal forces in a controlled way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: screws in place of existing feet or spikes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Black (only version; silver is available only for the 5017 and 5023)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: developed and manufactured in Switzerland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: set of 4 – equips one speaker with four contact points\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many Sound Supports 5035 do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 4-piece set equips one speaker with four contact points. For a pair of floorstanders you therefore need two sets. If your speaker has only three threaded holes, one foot is left over. Tell us your model and we'll work out the quantity together beforehand – so you order neither too few nor too many.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat speakers is the 5035 made for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor medium-heavy speakers. The manufacturer names a range of roughly 20 to 60 kilograms, the distributor gives a load capacity of up to 80 kilograms per foot. Above that, the larger 6540 with M8 thread takes over; below it, the 5023 or 5017 are entirely sufficient for light speakers and devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat if my speakers don't have an M6 thread?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThen you need a thread adapter. The 5035 has an M6 internal thread and is screwed in place of the original feet or spikes; for different thread sizes, crTech offers matching adapters. Tell us what connection your speaker has and we'll get you the right part along with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the CR-Tech Sound Supports 5035 at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause size, thread and quantity decide the effect – and that's better clarified beforehand than afterwards. Our experienced team in Wädenswil matches the feet to your speakers and your floor construction, sources the adapter if needed, and delivers across Switzerland. Call us at 044 680 22 00 or write via WhatsApp to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 5035 shows its strength under medium-heavy speakers – browse our \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/standlautsprecher\"\u003efloorstanding speakers\u003c\/a\u003e for those. If your connection isn't M6, or you want to work through the whole range, you'll find both in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/cr-tech\"\u003eCR-TECH range\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/entkopplung\"\u003eDecoupling\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CR-TECH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53129360376144,"sku":null,"price":700.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/crtech-sound-supports-5035-entkopplungsfuss-m6-lautsprecher-frontansicht.png?v=1785846662"},{"product_id":"crtech6540","title":"CR-Tech Sound Supports 6540, Set of 2","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CR-Tech Sound Supports 6540 are decoupling feet with an M8 thread for heavy speakers from roughly 40 kilograms upwards. They're the largest model in the Sound Supports range and are supplied here as a set of 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e65 mm diameter, 40 mm height, M8 internal thread: noticeably more foundation than the 5035 – and that's exactly the point. The 6540 is developed and made by crTech in Switzerland. It's screwed in place of the original feet or spikes; adapters are available for different thread sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Sound Supports 6540?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe more cone area a speaker moves, and the more mass it has to stabilise while doing it, the more residual energy looks for a way down. If it finds a hard floor, that floor becomes a second, uninvited membrane. The two-stage damping system in the 6540 doesn't let vertical forces through at all and dissipates horizontal ones in a controlled way – at a load capacity the distributor specifies as up to 120 kilograms per foot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe M8 thread isn't a marginal detail here: you don't hang an 80-kilo speaker on M6. Where the 5035 is made for medium-heavy speakers, that's exactly where the 6540's territory begins.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 6540 works most clearly in the deep bass: it becomes more tangible and stops wobbling, because the ground underneath no longer joins in. Above that, the sound picture becomes calmer – large-scale music keeps its order even when it gets loud. The speaker feels less like a piece of furniture that makes music and more like a point in the room the music comes from.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho are the Sound Supports 6540 suited for – and who aren't they for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor large, heavy floorstanding speakers with an M8 connection – the class where it takes two people to set them up. On solid floors, screed and tile, the payoff is greatest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStraight talk:\u003c\/strong\u003e under medium-heavy speakers, the 6540 is simply too much foot – that's what the 5035 is built for, and it's the better fit there. More importantly: one set contains two feet. A speaker with four contact points therefore needs two sets, a pair of speakers accordingly four. Work that out before you order – or let us do it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe heavyweight of the range, and that's meant literally: 65 mm diameter, M8 thread, load capacity up to 120 kilograms. Under a truly large speaker, this isn't an accessory anymore, it's structural engineering with intent. Only the sales unit needs your attention – a set of 2 is half a speaker's worth. Tell us at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil which speakers you have, and the right quantity is settled before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: threaded decoupling feet for large, heavy speakers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter: 65 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread: M8 (internal); thread adapters to other sizes available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication range: heavy speakers from roughly 40 kg (manufacturer's data)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad capacity: up to 120 kg per foot (distributor's data)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: two-stage damping system – prevents vertical force transfer into the floor, dissipates horizontal forces in a controlled way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: screws in place of existing feet or spikes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: Black (only version)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: developed and manufactured in Switzerland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: set of 2 – for a speaker with four contact points, two sets are needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many Sound Supports 6540 do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne set contains two feet. A speaker with four contact points therefore needs two sets, a pair of floorstanders accordingly four. With three contact points, it depends on the construction. Tell us your speaker model and we'll work out the quantity before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrom what speaker weight does the 6540 make sense?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer specifies it for heavy speakers from roughly 40 kilograms, the distributor gives a load capacity of up to 120 kilograms per foot. Below that, the 5035 is enough for medium-heavy speakers. In the borderline range, the floor construction matters more than the datasheet – ask us if in doubt.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's the difference between the 6540 and the 5035?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize, thread and headroom. The 6540 measures 65 mm in diameter at 40 mm height and carries an M8 thread, the 5035 comes in at 50 mm at 35 mm height with M6. The two-stage damping principle is identical on both, as is the black finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the CR-Tech Sound Supports 6540 at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause with heavy speakers, connection and quantity need to be right beforehand – a miscalculated set only shows itself once you unpack. We at HD Zürisee sort that out with you on the phone, source the thread adapter if needed, and deliver across Switzerland. Reach us at 044 680 22 00, via WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls), or via shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eBig speakers first, feet after: browse our \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/standlautsprecher\"\u003efloorstanding speakers\u003c\/a\u003e. The smaller sibling model and the adapters are in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/cr-tech\"\u003eCR-TECH range\u003c\/a\u003e – and if the floor isn't the only issue in the room, it's worth a look at our \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/akustik\"\u003eacoustic solutions\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CR-TECH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53129360605520,"sku":null,"price":550.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/crtech-sound-supports-6540-entkopplungsfuss-m8-lautsprecher-frontansicht.png?v=1785846685"},{"product_id":"crtechklebeadapterm6","title":"CR-Tech Sound Supports Adhesive Adapter M6, Set of 4","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CR-Tech Adhesive Adapter M6 is a self-adhesive metal disc with an M6 threaded stud that turns a device with no threaded hole into a mounting point for CR-Tech Sound Supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMany hi-fi components simply have no threads prepared for decoupling feet. The adhesive adapter creates that point: stick the disc onto the case bottom, screw the Sound Support onto the stud – done. That way decoupling also works where the manufacturer only planned for four soft rubber feet. Supplied as a set of 4, matching a complete set of feet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Adhesive Adapter M6?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDecoupling works most cleanly when device and foot are joined firmly and precisely. Loose, unattached absorbers do work too, but a screwed-in foot channels vibration more purposefully into the damping system. That's exactly the connection this adapter creates – without you having to drill a single hole into the case. Your device stays exactly as it left the factory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFour flat metal discs, each with a central M6 threaded stud and a self-adhesive underside. The stud engages the M6 threaded hole of the Sound Supports 5023 and 5035 – the two models this adapter is made for. Stick it on, let it set briefly, screw the foot on: you don't need more tools than your hands for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Adhesive Adapter M6 suited for – and who isn't it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for anyone who wants to mount their Sound Supports firmly but whose device has no threaded hole – flat streamers, DACs or network players, for example.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStraight talk:\u003c\/strong\u003e if your device already has an M6 thread, you don't need the adapter. Nor do you if you just want to place the feet underneath without attaching them. And for the Sound Support 6540 it's the wrong adapter: that one has an M8 thread. The adhesive adapter is the elegant solution for the case in between – no more, but no less either.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA small part with a clear purpose: firm Sound Supports mounting even where a thread was never planned – without drilling, without leaving permanent marks on the case. Not essential, but the cleanest solution for the in-between case. Whether you actually need it, we'll tell you honestly beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: self-adhesive adapter disc for CR-Tech Sound Supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThread: M6 external thread (threaded stud)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnection: engages the M6 threaded hole of the Sound Supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits: Sound Supports 5023 and 5035 (M6 thread)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not fit: Sound Supports 6540 (M8 thread); the 5017 is designed for speakers with spikes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttachment: self-adhesive on one side (industrial specialty adhesive)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape: flat disc with a central threaded stud\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: set of 4 – enough for one 4-piece set of Sound Supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Adhesive Adapter M6 have an internal or external thread?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn external thread. An M6 threaded stud protrudes from the disc, onto which you screw the Sound Support – the feet themselves have an M6 threaded hole. So you don't need an extra screw or any tools, just a clean, grease-free bonding surface on the case bottom.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many adhesive adapters do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne per foot. This set of 4 therefore covers one complete 4-piece set of Sound Supports 5023 or 5035. It doesn't fit the 6540: that model has an M8 thread. If you're unsure, we'll quickly work out what you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I attach the adapter correctly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFirst clean the bonding surface on the case thoroughly with isopropanol or cleaning alcohol so no film of grease remains. Only then peel off the protective film and press the adapter on firmly. Let the bond set briefly before screwing in the foot – that keeps it holding permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I remove the adapter again?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGenerally yes. With a little careful heat, from a hairdryer for example, and a gentle twisting motion, it usually comes off without leaving residue. Wipe off any adhesive traces afterwards with a soft cloth. For sensitive lacquered surfaces, better ask us beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the CR-Tech Adhesive Adapter M6 at HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause an accessory only helps when it matches the mounting – and that's exactly what we clarify with you beforehand. The team at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil tells you how many adapters your setup needs and what matters when bonding them. Call us at 044 680 22 00 or write via WhatsApp to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Adhesive Adapter belongs under the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/products\/crtech5023\"\u003eCR-Tech Sound Supports 5023\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/products\/crtech5035\"\u003e5035\u003c\/a\u003e – the two M6 models it's made for. An overview of everything that absorbs vibration at our shop is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/entkopplung\"\u003eDecoupling\u003c\/a\u003e category. If your device has a thread but in the wrong size, the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/products\/crtechgewindeadapter\"\u003ethread adapter\u003c\/a\u003e gets you there.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"CR-TECH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989502390608,"sku":null,"price":68.0,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/crtech-sound-supports-klebeadapter-m6-schraegansicht.png?v=1785846685"},{"product_id":"daliopticon1mk2grilleblack","title":"DALI Opticon 1 MK2 Grille, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 1 MK2 Grille, Black is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon 1 MK2 compact speaker – acoustically transparent fabric on a close-fitting frame that protects the drivers without bending the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack is the colour DALI includes as standard with the dark cabinet finishes of the Opticon 1 MK2. As a single item, this grille is therefore mainly one thing: a replacement. For the cover that vanished during a move, the one the cat mistook for a scratching post – or simply a second set in the cupboard. It's held by mounting pins that engage the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer: you pull it off by hand and press it back on by hand, no tools, no visible fixings on the baffle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe acoustic fabric is tuned so that sound passes through almost unimpeded while still protecting the cone and tweeter from fingers, claws and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet's be clear: anyone chasing the last trace of airiness from the treble in a darkened listening room prefers no grille at all – any fabric in front of the dome costs a touch of brilliance, physically speaking. For everyday life with children, pets and a duster, though, it's exactly what keeps your drivers flawless for years. Thanks to the clip fit, it's off and back on in a second, which nicely settles the whole debate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ grille (single unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 1 MK2 (not Opticon 1 MK1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e pins that engage the tweeter and woofer surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on composite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.3 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Grey (Mountain Grey), White (Marshmallow White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover (single unit, for one speaker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille affect the sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot audibly in everyday use. DALI tunes the acoustic fabric so sound passes through almost unimpeded. If you listen especially critically, you can pull the cover off by hand in a second – the rest of the time it reliably protects the cone and tweeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need two grilles for a pair of speakers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this cover is a single unit for one speaker. For a complete pair of Opticon 1 MK2 you order two. Just tell us how many you need – we'll include the right quantity with your order before it leaves our warehouse.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich colour does the Opticon 1 MK2 come with as standard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDALI includes a black grille with the dark cabinets, and a grey mottled one with the white-lacquered version. The white grille isn't included with any variant and is only available as an accessory. This black grille is therefore a replacement or second set for Satin Black and Tobacco Oak.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille also fit the older Opticon MK1 series?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it's model-specific. DALI lists the front covers of the first Opticon generation as their own spare parts with their own part numbers. This grille is made for the Opticon 1 MK2 – and even within the MK2 series, each size only fits its own model, not the neighbouring one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the DALI Opticon 1 MK2 Grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause a cover needs to fit exactly, and accessories are easily mixed up. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil we'll work out with you which model and colour your speakers use, and send the right part. Call us on 044 680 22 00, message us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or at shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/regallautsprecher\"\u003eBookshelf speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, more accessories in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll accessories\u003c\/a\u003e overview. The whole brand is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989502751056,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-1-mk2-grille-schwarz-frontansicht.png?v=1785848925"},{"product_id":"daliopticon1mk2grillegrey","title":"DALI Opticon 1 MK2 Grille, Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 1 MK2 Grille, Grey is the tool-free clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon 1 MK2 compact speaker – mottled grey acoustic fabric on a close-fitting frame that protects the drivers without bending the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrey is the cover DALI includes as standard with the white-lacquered Opticon 1 MK2; in the spare-parts range it's listed under the colour name Mountain Grey. An understated, lightly mottled grey that sits noticeably less conspicuously against bright cabinets and bright walls than a black cover – after all, two speakers shouldn't look like two cut-out holes in the living room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's held by mounting pins that engage the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer: you pull it off and press it back on by hand, no tools, no visible fixings on the baffle. The fabric lets sound pass through almost unimpeded while keeping fingers, claws and dust away from the cone and tweeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suitable for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLet's be clear: if you use your system mainly for focused listening in a darkened room, you'll leave the cover off anyway – any fabric in front of the dome costs a touch of brilliance, physically speaking. But if you run the Opticon 1 MK2 as a piece of living-room furniture with children, cats or plenty of daylight around, the grey cover wins twice over: a calmer look and drivers that stay intact. Taking it off takes a second, should you change your mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ grille (single unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 1 MK2 (not Opticon 1 MK1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey, mottled (DALI colour name Mountain Grey)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e clip pins in the tweeter and woofer surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on composite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.3 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeries colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Grey (Mountain Grey), White (Marshmallow White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover (single unit, for one speaker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grey grille change the sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot audibly in everyday use. The fabric is designed for acoustic transparency, and colour doesn't change that. For focused listening you pull it off in a second; for the rest of the time it stays on and keeps dust off the cone and dome.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Opticon 1 MK2 gets the grey cover as standard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe white-lacquered cabinet – that's where it's included from the factory. DALI lists it in the spare-parts range as Mountain Grey. On Satin Black or Tobacco Oak it's a deliberate contrast: you may like that, but you don't have to. Ask us and we'll describe the effect honestly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs one grille per order or per pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer speaker. You get a single unit, so for a pair of Opticon 1 MK2 you need two of them. If you're only replacing one cover, one piece is enough – just tell us the quantity when ordering and the delivery will match exactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this grille fit a first-generation Opticon 1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The MK2 front covers are their own items with their own part numbers, and the grilles of the first Opticon series are listed separately. Nothing is interchangeable between the MK2 models either: what fits the Opticon 1 MK2 doesn't sit on the Opticon 2 MK2 or the Vokal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the grey Opticon 1 MK2 grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we ask before shipping instead of just delivering: which model, which cabinet colour, how many pieces. The experienced team at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil knows the DALI series and doesn't mix them up. Reach us on 044 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/regallautsprecher\"\u003eBookshelf speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, more accessories in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll accessories\u003c\/a\u003e overview. The whole brand is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989502783824,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-1-mk2-grille-grau-frontansicht.png?v=1785848924"},{"product_id":"daliopticon1mk2grillewhite","title":"DALI Opticon 1 MK2 Grille, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 1 MK2 Grille, White is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon 1 MK2 compact speaker – white acoustic fabric on a precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers without bending the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis colour is the special case in the range: DALI doesn't include a white cover with any Opticon 1 MK2. The dark cabinets come with a black one, the white-lacquered version with a mottled grey one – the white version, called Marshmallow White by DALI, is only available separately. If you want your white Opticon 1 MK2 to be consistently light-coloured all the way through, you need to order it deliberately. That's exactly what this listing is for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting pins that engage the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer hold it in place: the cover can be pulled off and put back on by hand, with no tools and no visible fasteners on the baffle. The fabric lets sound pass through almost unimpeded while keeping fingers, claws and dust away from the cone and tweeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraight talk: if sound alone is what decides for you, you don't need it – any fabric in front of the dome physically costs a touch of brilliance, and the standard grey cover would do the same acoustically. This grille is a decision made with the eye: a light wall, a light sideboard, a light box, no dark surface sticking out of the room. That it protects the drivers along the way is a bonus. And yes: light-coloured fabric shows fingerprints faster than black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front cover \/ grille (single unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 1 MK2 (not Opticon 1 MK1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White (DALI colour name Marshmallow White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailability:\u003c\/strong\u003e only as a separately orderable accessory, not included with any speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e plug-in fastening via pins in the driver surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a composite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.3 kg per piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColours in the range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Grey (Mountain Grey), White (Marshmallow White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover (single unit, for one speaker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the white cover cost you sound quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot audibly in everyday use. DALI designs the fabric for acoustic transparency, regardless of colour. For critical listening you can take it off in a second; in normal everyday listening it stays on and protects the cone and tweeter from whatever comes its way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the white grille included with the speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. DALI includes a black cover with the dark cabinets and a mottled grey one with the white one. The white version, called Marshmallow White by DALI, is only available separately as an accessory. If you want your white Opticon 1 MK2 to be entirely white, you order it deliberately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many grilles do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne per speaker. The item is a single unit, so a pair of Opticon 1 MK2 needs two. Since the white cover isn't included anywhere, converting a pair always means two pieces – tell us the quantity, we'll pack accordingly and get in touch if anything is unclear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cover also fit other Opticon models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, every grille is tailored to one model. This one belongs on the Opticon 1 MK2. For the Opticon 2 MK2, Vokal, LCR or the floorstanding models, DALI carries its own items, and the front covers of the first Opticon generation are likewise separate spare parts in the catalogue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy get the white Opticon 1 MK2 grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause white accessories from DALI are easily mixed up with the grey ones, and that's exactly where we look twice. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil we match model, colour and quantity to your system before anything goes out. Reach us at 044 680 22 00, by WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/regallautsprecher\"\u003eBookshelf Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, and more accessories in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e overview. The whole brand is available in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989502816592,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-1-mk2-grille-weiss-frontansicht.png?v=1785848925"},{"product_id":"daliopticon2mk2grilleblack","title":"DALI Opticon 2 MK2 Grille, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 2 MK2 Grille, Black is the tool-free removable front cover for the DALI Opticon 2 MK2 bookshelf speaker – acoustically transparent fabric on a precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers without bending the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack is the fabric DALI includes as standard with the dark cabinet finishes of the Opticon 2 MK2 – Satin Black and Tobacco Oak. As a single unit, this grille is therefore primarily a replacement: for the one that got lost, the one that got bent, or the one that didn't survive a move on the shelf. It sits on mounting pins that engage the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer: it comes off and goes back on by hand, with no tools and no visible fasteners on the baffle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fabric is tuned so sound passes through almost unimpeded, while the 6½-inch woofer cone and the 29 mm soft-dome tweeter stay protected from fingers, claws and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraight talk: if you set up your system mainly for focused listening, leave the cover off – any fabric in front of the dome physically costs a touch of brilliance. But if your speakers stand in a lived-in living room where a child's arm or a cat's paw sometimes passes by, you'll want it. The Opticon 2 MK2 is too good to retire early over a dented cone. It comes off in a second.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front cover \/ grille (single unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 2 MK2 (not Opticon 2 MK1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e pins that engage the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a composite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.4 kg per piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColours in the range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Grey (Mountain Grey), White (Marshmallow White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover (single unit, for one speaker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan you hear the grille?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot in everyday use. DALI tunes the acoustic fabric for transparency, so audible losses don't occur. If you listen very critically, you can pull the cover off by hand in a second; otherwise it stays on and keeps dust off the 6½-inch woofer and the soft-dome tweeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Opticon 2 MK2 finishes does black suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of them, visually most naturally with Satin Black and Tobacco Oak – DALI includes the black fabric as standard with both of these. On the white-lacquered cabinet, black works as a deliberate contrast. Technically the grille fits every colour variant of the Opticon 2 MK2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I get one cover or two?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne. The item is a single unit for one speaker, which suits the Opticon 2 MK2 well since the speaker itself is also sold individually. If you're equipping a stereo pair, take two. Tell us the quantity and your order goes out complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit the first-generation Opticon 2 or the Opticon 1 MK2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeither. The grille is tailored to the baffle of the Opticon 2 MK2. The smaller Opticon 1 MK2 has its own cover with its own item number, and DALI also carries separate spare parts for the first Opticon generation. If in doubt, send us a photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the Opticon 2 MK2 grille in Black from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause spare parts only help when they're correct. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil we match series, model year and colour before we order – knowledge built up over almost three decades in hi-fi. Questions to 044 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/regallautsprecher\"\u003eBookshelf Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, and more accessories in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e overview. The whole brand is available in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503013200,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-2-mk2-grille-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785848549"},{"product_id":"daliopticon2mk2grillegrey","title":"DALI Opticon 2 MK2 Grille, Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 2 MK2 Grille, Grey is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon 2 MK2 bookshelf speaker – mottled grey acoustic fabric on a precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers without bending the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGrey is the fabric DALI includes as standard with the white-lacquered Opticon 2 MK2; in the accessories programme this colour is called Mountain Grey. If you want to keep your light-coloured pair in original condition or replace a damaged cover, this is the one. The subtly mottled grey notably recedes in front of light-coloured walls – two black rectangles in the living room simply isn't everyone's idea of decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's held in place by mounting pins that engage the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer – no holes in the baffle, no tools, no visible fasteners. The fabric lets sound pass through almost unimpeded while keeping fingers, claws and dust away from the 6½-inch woofer cone and the 29 mm soft-dome tweeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraight talk: if you set up purely for sound and run the speakers bare anyway, you don't need it – any fabric in front of the dome physically costs a touch of brilliance. But if you see the Opticon 2 MK2 as a piece of furniture in a living space where kids, cats and dusters are on the move, you get protection and a calmer overall look in one. And if the last percent is called for after all: pull it off, listen, clip it back on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front cover \/ grille (single unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 2 MK2 (not Opticon 2 MK1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey, mottled grey (DALI colour name Mountain Grey)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting pins in the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a composite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.4 kg per piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColours in the range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Grey (Mountain Grey), White (Marshmallow White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover (single unit, for one speaker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Opticon 2 MK2 lose resolution with the grille on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot to a degree that's noticeable in everyday living. The acoustic fabric is designed for transparency. If you want the last percent, pull the cover off for the listening session and clip it back on afterwards – the pins in the driver surrounds make that a non-issue, and no tools are needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich cabinet gets the grey fabric as standard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe white-lacquered one. DALI includes a mottled grey fabric with the light-coloured Opticon 2 MK2; in the accessories programme this colour is called Mountain Grey. As a spare part it's therefore the first choice for anyone wanting to keep a white Opticon 2 MK2 in original condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the listing apply per piece or per pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer piece. One grille covers one speaker. Since DALI sells the Opticon 2 MK2 individually, this matches the usual ordering pattern – for a stereo pair, count on two covers. Just tell us the quantity you need when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I also use the grille on the Opticon 6 MK2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Every grille is tailored to one baffle, and the Opticon 6 MK2 floorstanding speaker has its own, noticeably larger cover. The grilles of the first Opticon generation are also separate items. The exact model designation on the nameplate decides which part is right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the grey grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we match the spare part to your system instead of just processing a line item. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil we clarify model, cabinet colour and quantity in advance so nothing needs to be sent back. Call us at 044 680 22 00, message us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or at shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/regallautsprecher\"\u003eBookshelf Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, and more accessories in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e overview. The whole brand is available in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503045968,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-2-mk2-grille-grau-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785848549"},{"product_id":"daliopticon2mk2grillewhite","title":"DALI Opticon 2 MK2 Grille, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 2 MK2 Grille, White is the hand-fitted front cover for the DALI Opticon 2 MK2 bookshelf speaker – white acoustic fabric on a precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers without bending the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite is the accessory colour in the Opticon MK2 range: DALI doesn't include it with any speaker. The dark cabinets come with black fabric, the white-lacquered one with a mottled grey – the white version, called Marshmallow White by DALI, is available exclusively separately. If you want your light-coloured Opticon 2 MK2 to be consistently white all the way through, there's no way around this part. It's a deliberate decision, not an impulse buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting pins that engage the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer provide the hold: no holes in the baffle, no visible fasteners, no tools – it comes off and goes on by hand. The fabric lets sound pass through almost unimpeded while keeping fingers, claws and dust away from the 6½-inch woofer cone and the 29 mm soft-dome tweeter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStraight talk: purely acoustically, it gives you nothing the standard grey fabric couldn't also do – and any fabric in front of the dome physically costs a touch of brilliance. This grille is a decision made with the eye: a light wall, light furniture, a light box, nothing that stands out from the decor. If you prefer contrast, or are sensitive to fingerprints on light-coloured fabric, you'll be more relaxed with black or grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front cover \/ grille (single unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 2 MK2 (not Opticon 2 MK1)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White (DALI colour name Marshmallow White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailability:\u003c\/strong\u003e only as a separately orderable accessory, not included with any speaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e plug-in pins that engage the driver surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a composite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.4 kg per piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColours in the range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Grey (Mountain Grey), White (Marshmallow White)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScope of delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover (single unit, for one speaker)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the white fabric change anything about the sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNothing audible in everyday use. The colour of the fabric plays no acoustic role; what matters is transparency, and that's what the fabric is designed for. For a session with full attention you pull the cover off; afterwards it's back in place with one motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the white grille included with the Opticon 2 MK2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it's a pure accessory. DALI includes a black fabric with the dark cabinets and a mottled grey one with the white one; white, called Marshmallow White by DALI, is carried exclusively as a separate item. That's the reason this part is in the range as a standalone item at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many pieces do I need for my pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo. The item is a single unit and covers exactly one speaker. Since white isn't included with any cabinet variant, converting always means fitting both speakers. Tell us the quantity when ordering, and the delivery arrives complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it also fit the Opticon 1 MK2 or the MK1 range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The cover is tailored to the baffle of the Opticon 2 MK2; the smaller Opticon 1 MK2 has its own grille with its own item number. The front covers of the first Opticon generation are also separate spare parts and not interchangeable with the MK2 parts. The model designation decides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the white Opticon 2 MK2 grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause with us you don't have to guess whether the white part is really the right one. The specialist team at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil has been in the hi-fi business since the nineties, knows the DALI ranges in detail and checks model and quantity before shipping. Contact: 044 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls), shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/regallautsprecher\"\u003eBookshelf Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, and more accessories in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e overview. The whole brand is available in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503078736,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-2-mk2-grille-weiss-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785848549"},{"product_id":"daliopticon6mk2grilleblack","title":"DALI Opticon 6 MK2 Grille, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 6 MK2 Grille in Black is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon 6 MK2 floorstanding speaker – acoustically open fabric on a precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers without holding back the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the part you only think about once it's missing: gone after a move, worked over by the cat, or left with the previous owner. That's exactly why the cover is available as a single item – in the finish DALI fits as standard to the black and Tobacco Oak cabinets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the black version?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack is the colour that says the least – and in front of a speaker, that's usually the right call. Against a dark wall or in a home cinema, the front disappears completely, and the cabinet looks calmer and slimmer. If your Opticon 6 MK2 is in Black or Tobacco Oak, this is exactly the cover that comes with it as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single front grille, not a pair. The fabric is acoustically open and sits in front of the hybrid tweeter (29 mm fabric dome plus planar driver) and the wood fibre cones without damping them. Everything is held by fixing pins that engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer\/midrange: no drilling, no tools, no visible fixings on the baffle. Removing and refitting it takes seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to – and who isn't it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain and simple: if you're in a darkened listening room chasing the very last trace of airiness in the treble, you'll want to listen without it anyway – any fabric in front of a planar tweeter costs a touch of brilliance, purely as a matter of physics. For everyday life with kids, pets and a feather duster, though, it's the cheapest insurance your speaker will ever get. And if you simply want to change the look, it's right for you too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot sound tuning, but value preservation. You can't undo a dent in a cone, but you can replace a cover. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, we're happy to add it to DALI orders as a matter of course – and we'll tell you beforehand which size and colour belong with your speakers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ grille (single item)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 6 MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixing pins in the tweeter and woofer\/midrange surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a plastic frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther colours available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.8 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille affect the sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot audibly in everyday use. DALI stretches an acoustically open fabric over the frame, so sound passes through practically unimpeded. Anyone listening very critically can pull it off by hand in a second – the rest of the time it protects the cones and tweeter module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the black grille also fit older Opticon models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDALI explicitly lists it as an accessory for the Opticon 6 MK2 – there's no approval from the manufacturer for the earlier Opticon generation. So don't rely on eyeballing it or forum knowledge: tell us which model and model year you have, and we'll check the fit before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the cover stay on the speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVia fixing pins that engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer\/midrange. The grille is fitted and removed by hand – no tools, no holes, no visible fixings on the baffle. Fitting and removing each takes a single motion, handy if you'd rather have a clear view of the drivers for focused listening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the black grille already included with the speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGenerally yes: DALI ships the Opticon 6 MK2 in Black and Tobacco Oak from the factory with a black front cover. This listing here is the single item for a replacement, for a second set, or for anyone switching from Grey or White to Black.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the DALI Opticon 6 MK2 Grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause a cover is only any good if it fits exactly. We know the DALI series from daily work and can tell you which grille and colour belong with your speakers. Call us (044 680 22 00), message us on WhatsApp (\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e, text only, no calls) or write to shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching floorstander under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/standlautsprecher\"\u003eFloorstanding Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, the whole brand in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview. More for your system is in \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503406416,"sku":null,"price":59.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-6-mk2-grille-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785848827"},{"product_id":"daliopticon6mk2grillegrey","title":"DALI Opticon 6 MK2 Grille, Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 6 MK2 Grille in Grey is the tool-free clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon 6 MK2 floorstanding speaker – mottled grey acoustic fabric on a precisely fitted frame that shields the drivers without colouring the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMottled grey isn't a random shade at DALI – it's the cover that comes as standard with the white Opticon 6 MK2. As a single item, it's there when one has gone missing, when two pairs get mixed up after a move – or when black simply looks too stark for you against a light wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy grey?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause black against a light wall tends to look like a hole, and white against a dark one like a stain. Mottled grey sits in between: it picks up the surrounding colour instead of working against it. On a white cabinet it almost disappears, on Tobacco Oak it looks warm rather than harsh, and in a living room with plenty of soft furnishings it blends in better than a jet-black rectangle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne piece, not a pair – so for two speakers you need two. The frame is cut to fit the Opticon 6 MK2's baffle, the fabric is acoustically open, and it's held by fixing pins that engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer\/midrange. You need no tools, and once removed, nothing visible is left behind on the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grey grille suited to – and who isn't it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain and simple: if you're after the very last touch of air in the treble, you'll prefer listening without this cover too – physics can't be talked around. If, on the other hand, you have kids, cats or a well-meaning cleaner in the house, this protects two wood fibre cones and a sensitive tweeter module for the price of an accessory. And if you find black too dominant in a bright living room, you've already found your real reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe least spectacular sensible purchase around your DALI. It doesn't sound better, it just stays looking good longer – and grey is the shade that clashes the least in most living rooms. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, we match you to the right size and colour before you order, not after.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ grille (single item)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 6 MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e clip-in pins that engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer\/midrange (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a plastic frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey (mottled)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther colours available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.8 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grey cover cost sound quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot audibly. The fabric is acoustically open, sound passes through it almost losslessly. If you're listening very closely and want that last trace of air in the treble, take it off for a moment – in everyday use it stays on and keeps dust and curious fingers away from the drivers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the grille also be used on a first-generation Opticon?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's approved exclusively for the Opticon 6 MK2. DALI makes no compatibility statement for the earlier Opticon series, and we'd advise against trying your luck. Tell us your model and purchase year, and we'll check which cover really fits before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich cabinet colour does grey suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMottled grey is the cover DALI fits as standard to the Opticon 6 MK2 in White. On a white cabinet it looks understated and almost disappears; on Black or Tobacco Oak it sets a deliberately light contrast. It's a matter of taste – either is fine here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I attach it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVia fixing pins, entirely without tools. You position the grille at the front, the pins engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer\/midrange, and it sits firmly. No drilling, no visible fixings on the baffle. Removing it just takes a gentle pull – that's a one-second job too.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the grey Opticon 6 MK2 Grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we'll tell you beforehand whether grey is really the better choice for your living room than black or white. HD Zürisee in Wädenswil has looked after DALI in everyday life for many years, not just in a catalogue. Get in touch: 044 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matching speaker is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/standlautsprecher\"\u003eFloorstanding Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e collection, the full brand range in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview. Stands, cables and small parts are under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503439184,"sku":null,"price":59.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-6-mk2-grille-grau-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785848827"},{"product_id":"daliopticon6mk2grillewhite","title":"DALI Opticon 6 MK2 Grille, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 6 MK2 Grille in White is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon 6 MK2 floorstanding speaker – light-coloured acoustic fabric on a precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers and lets sound through almost unimpeded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite is the one colour in this series that DALI doesn't fit as standard: the white Opticon 6 MK2 comes as standard with a mottled grey cover. If you really want a front that's uniformly light, you order this single item deliberately as an extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy white?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause a white speaker with a grey front ends up being a two-tone speaker after all. Only with the white cover does the Opticon 6 MK2 visually become one continuous column, and it nearly recedes against a light wall. In bright rooms, in period apartments with white stucco, or anywhere the system shouldn't be the first thing a guest sees, that makes the difference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single front cover, cut to fit the Opticon 6 MK2's baffle. The fabric sits in front of the hybrid tweeter (29 mm fabric dome plus planar driver) and the wood fibre cones without damping them. It's fixed via pins that engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer\/midrange: no tools, no drilling, no lasting marks on the cabinet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the white grille suited to – and who isn't it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain and simple: critical listeners remove any cover, this one included – fabric in front of a planar tweeter always costs a touch of brilliance, purely as a matter of physics. And if you've ever seen light-coloured fabric next to a fireplace or a cat, you know: white wants a bit more upkeep than black. In return, you get a look almost nobody else has, and driver protection that survives every move and every kids' birthday party.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pure design decision – and one of the few you can still make on a speaker after the fact. Nothing changes sonically, plenty changes visually. If you're unsure whether white or the standard grey suits your wall better, describe your room to us briefly: HD Zürisee in Wädenswil has answered that question many times before.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ grille (single item)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 6 MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e pins that engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer\/midrange (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a plastic frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther colours available:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black, Grey (mottled)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard cover of the white Opticon 6 MK2:\u003c\/strong\u003e mottled grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.8 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the white cover change the sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractically not. The fabric is woven so that it lets sound through almost unimpeded – that's the difference from a random decorative panel. For very focused listening, you're still welcome to take it off; it's back in its usual place within two seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the white grille approved for the Opticon MK1 series?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it's only specified for the Opticon 6 MK2. DALI nowhere states whether it fits a first-generation Opticon cabinet – so we won't claim it does either. Tell us which model you have, and we'll check with distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs white included as standard?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. DALI fits the white Opticon 6 MK2 with a mottled grey cover as standard; the white version is an accessory ordered separately. If you really want the front to blend into the wall colour, there's no way around this single item. No drama – but good to know before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClipped on, without a single tool needed. The grille is placed on the front, its fixing pins engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofer\/midrange and pull it into the correct position. No holes and no visible fixings remain on the cabinet – the Opticon 6 MK2's design stays clean even without the cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy get the white Opticon 6 MK2 Grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause with us you don't have to guess which shade of white belongs with your speaker. Our team in Wädenswil knows the DALI ranges and the pitfalls of colour matching. A call to 044 680 22 00, a message to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or an email to shop@hdzuerisee.ch is all it takes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matching speaker is available under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/standlautsprecher\"\u003eFloorstanding Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, every other model from the brand in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview. Anything else your system might need is in \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503471952,"sku":null,"price":59.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-6-mk2-grille-weiss-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785848827"},{"product_id":"daliopticon8mk2grille","title":"DALI Opticon 8 MK2 Grille, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon 8 MK2 Grille in Black is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon 8 MK2 floorstanding speaker – acoustically open fabric on a precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers without holding back the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Opticon 8 MK2 is the largest floorstander in its series, and the area a cover needs to span is correspondingly large. It's model-specific: the Opticon 6 MK2's grille doesn't fit here, even though it looks easy to mix up in a product photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy black – and only black?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause DALI builds the Opticon 8 MK2 exclusively in Satin Black and Tobacco Oak. There's no white cabinet version of this model, so the reason for a light-coloured cover simply doesn't arise. What looks at first glance like a thin colour range is simply the complete programme for this model – both finishes come with a black front as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single front grille for one speaker – for a pair you need two. The frame is cut to fit the Opticon 8 MK2's baffle, the fabric acoustically open, and the cover is held by fixing pins that engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofers. On a cabinet this size, that's exactly what feels comfortable: place it, it sits – and nothing snags when you take it off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to – and who isn't it for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain and simple: in serious listening sessions, any cover comes off, this one included – fabric in front of a planar tweeter always costs a touch of fine detail, purely as a matter of physics. But if the Opticon 8 MK2 stands in a living room where kids, dogs and vacuum cleaners are on the move, large unprotected wood fibre cones are a bet you don't need to take. If you run the speaker in a dedicated listening room and let nobody in but yourself, you can safely leave it off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot a sound accessory, but value preservation. The Opticon 8 MK2 is the biggest achievement in its series – and the grille is the smallest part that keeps it looking good. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, we check before ordering which Opticon cover belongs with your model, so the wrong size doesn't end up in the parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ grille (single item)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon 8 MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixing pins in the surrounds of the tweeter and woofers (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a plastic frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther colours for this model:\u003c\/strong\u003e none – the Opticon 8 MK2 is made only in Satin Black and Tobacco Oak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 15 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.8 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 × front cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille affect the sound of the Opticon 8 MK2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot audibly in everyday use. The fabric is acoustically permeable and sits in front of the hybrid tweeter and the woofers without damping them. For a critical listening session, you can remove it with one movement; the rest of the time it stays on as protection against dust and fingers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Opticon 8 MK2 Grille also available in Grey or White?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot as far as we know. DALI only offers the Opticon 8 MK2 in Satin Black and Tobacco Oak – there's no white cabinet version of this model, so a light-coloured cover isn't in the programme either. If you still need a different shade, we'll ask distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it also fit the Opticon 6 MK2 or an older Opticon?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo to the Opticon 6 MK2 – it has a smaller cabinet, and the cover is model-specific. DALI makes no compatibility statement for the earlier Opticon generation, so we won't claim anything here either. Tell us your exact model, and we'll check the fit before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the cover stay on?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVia fixing pins, entirely without tools. They engage with the surrounds of the tweeter and woofers, the grille is placed on the front and sits firmly – no drilled holes, no visible fixings on the baffle. On a floorstander this size, that's convenient: place it once, it sits, and nothing snags when removing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the DALI Opticon 8 MK2 Grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause accessories and spare parts simply run more reliably through a specialist dealer. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, we check against your model which cover really fits and order it directly from distribution. Reach us on 044 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the Opticon 8 MK2 itself under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/standlautsprecher\"\u003eFloorstanding Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, the whole brand programme in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview. Spare and add-on parts for your system are in \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor\"\u003eAll Accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503603024,"sku":null,"price":69.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-8-mk2-grille-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785850601"},{"product_id":"daliopticonlcrgrilleblack","title":"DALI Opticon LCR MK2 Grille, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon LCR MK2 Grille is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon LCR MK2 – acoustically permeable fabric on a flat, precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers without bending the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version wears the black cover and is therefore the unobtrusive partner for an Opticon LCR MK2 in Satin Black or Tobacco Oak. On the wall, you then see the speaker – not the cover in front of it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the integrated clip solution?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDALI has built the mounting points on the Opticon MK2 directly into the surrounds of the woofer\/midrange and tweeter; the grille's fixing pins engage exactly there. Result: no drilled holes in the baffle, no visible fixings – and nothing that could rattle at high levels. The grille sits snugly, comes off by hand in a second, and goes back on just as quickly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single item, not a pair. If you run two LCRs as left and right front speakers, you need two grilles; if you also equip the centre with one, three. The frame is kept flat so the already slim on-wall speaker doesn't add bulk, and it fits in both mounting orientations: upright for left and right, sideways as a centre channel under the screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain and simple: if you want to coax the very last trace of airiness out of the ribbon in a darkened room, you'll prefer listening without it – any fabric in front of the tweeter costs a touch of brilliance, purely as a matter of physics. For everyday life with kids, cats and a feather duster, though, it's exactly what keeps your drivers pristine. And for anyone who simply finds a black fabric front more attractive than visible cones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmall spare part, big effect: a torn or dusty cover ruins the look of an otherwise flawless speaker. Black is the safest choice here, because it suits practically any wall colour and any cabinet finish – and because a black surface on a wall visually just disappears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ grille (single item)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon LCR MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixing pins, mounting points integrated into the driver surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a composite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther factory colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mountain Grey, Marshmallow White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker dimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 482 × 128 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrille depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.4 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e single item (1 × front cover)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille also fit when the LCR is mounted sideways as a centre channel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame fits precisely in both orientations – upright as a left or right front speaker, sideways as a centre channel under the screen. The Opticon LCR MK2's rotated hybrid tweeter module makes no difference here, because the mount sits symmetrically in the driver surrounds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the grille stay on the speaker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVia fixing pins. DALI has built the mounting points for these directly into the surrounds of the woofer\/midrange and tweeter, so there are no visible fixings or drilled holes in the baffle. You press the cover on, the pins engage noticeably – and for cleaning or a critical listening session, you simply pull it off by hand again.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I get a pair or a single item?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single item. You need one grille per speaker, so a stereo pair of Opticon LCR MK2 needs two, and a complete front trio needs three. Just tell us how many speakers are on your wall, and we'll put together the right quantity – sensibly all in the same colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the DALI Opticon LCR MK2 Grille in Black from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause a front cover is only worth anything if it truly matches the model. At HD Zürisee in Wädenswil, we check beforehand whether your LCR really is an MK2 and which fabric colour suits your cabinet. Call us (044 680 22 00), message us on WhatsApp (\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e, text only, no calls) or write to shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching on-wall speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/wandlautsprecher\"\u003eOn-Wall Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, its companions for the cinema under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino-lautsprecher\"\u003eHome Cinema Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e. The whole brand is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503668560,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-lcr-mk2-grille-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785850633"},{"product_id":"daliopticonlcrgrillegrey","title":"DALI Opticon LCR MK2 Grille, Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon LCR MK2 Grille is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon LCR MK2 – acoustically permeable fabric on a flat, precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers without bending the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version wears the grey cover. DALI pairs the light grey as standard with the cabinet in Satin White – against a white or light wall, the speaker then reads noticeably quieter than with a black front. If you have a calm, bright interior, this is the one to reach for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the integrated clip mount?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDALI has built the mounting points on the Opticon MK2 directly into the surrounds of the woofer\/midrange and tweeter; that's where the grille's fixing pins engage. So there are no drilled holes in the baffle and no visible fixings – and therefore nothing that could rattle at high levels. Position it, press it on, done; removing it takes just as long and needs no tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single item, not a pair. For a stereo pair you need two, for a complete front with centre channel, three. The frame adds barely any bulk, so the flat on-wall speaker stays flat, and it fits precisely in both mounting orientations – upright for left and right, sideways as a centre channel under the screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain and simple: if you want to extract the very last touch of airiness from the ribbon in a darkened room, you'll prefer listening without any cover at all – any fabric in front of the tweeter costs a touch of brilliance, purely as a matter of physics. Grey, on the other hand, is the choice for anyone who finds a black rectangle too dominant on a light wall. It suits a dark cabinet in Satin Black less well – there, black is the more fitting colour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe least intrusive of the three colours. Grey holds back against light walls without looking cheap, and hides dust better than any other cover. As a replacement for a damaged grille, or as a deliberate colour change, it's an affordable piece with plenty of visual impact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ grille (single item)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon LCR MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixing:\u003c\/strong\u003e fixing pins, mounting points integrated into the driver surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on a composite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther factory colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shadow Black, Marshmallow White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker dimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 482 × 128 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrille depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.4 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e single item (1 × front cover)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich cabinet finish does the grey grille suit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest with Satin White. DALI ships the Opticon LCR MK2 in Satin White with the light cover as standard; Satin Black and Tobacco Oak come with the black one. As an accessory, you're of course free to mix things up – a grey fabric in front of dark wood can look quite appealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille also fit the older Opticon series without MK2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Dimensions, driver layout and fixing points differ between the first Opticon generation and the MK2. This grille fits exclusively the Opticon LCR MK2. If in doubt, send us a photo of the baffle and we'll tell you which generation you have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the grille, then vacuum it with a soft brush or the lowest vacuum setting – always in the direction of the fabric weave. No moisture, no cleaning agents, no adhesive tape. That's exactly what the clip fixing is handy for: the cover is on the table in seconds instead of on the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the grey Opticon LCR MK2 Grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we pick out the right spare part from the DALI range instead of leaving you to guess. The team at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil knows the Opticon series from everyday work and can tell you which colour belongs with your cabinet. Reach us on 044 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching on-wall speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/wandlautsprecher\"\u003eOn-Wall Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, its companions for the cinema under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino-lautsprecher\"\u003eHome Cinema Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e. The whole brand is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503701328,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-lcr-mk2-grille-grau-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785850662"},{"product_id":"daliopticonlcrgrillewhite","title":"DALI Opticon LCR MK2 Grille, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon LCR MK2 Grille is the hand-mountable front cover for the DALI Opticon LCR MK2 – acoustically transparent fabric on a flat, precisely fitted frame that protects the drivers without bending the sound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version has the white fabric. From the factory, the Opticon LCR MK2 comes in Satin White with light grey fabric; the white grille is the accessory variant for anyone for whom even that light grey is too much contrast against a white wall. With it, the on-wall speaker almost completely disappears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the integrated clip-on solution?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDALI built the mounts for the Opticon MK2 directly into the surrounds of the woofer\/midrange and tweeter; that's exactly where the grille's fixing pins engage. No drill holes in the baffle, no visible brackets, no tools – and nothing that could rattle at high volume. With a light-coloured front, that's a particular advantage: there are no dark mounting points showing through the fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single unit, not a pair. For a stereo pair you need two, for a complete front with centre channel, three. The flat frame barely adds any depth and fits precisely in either mounting direction: upright as a left or right front speaker, or sideways as a centre channel under the screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBottom line: white is the colour for bright living spaces and for anyone who'd rather have their gear disappear. But it's also the most honest colour – dust, fingerprints and that one espresso splash show up sooner here than on black or grey. If you have small children or a very active cat in the house, grey is the more relaxed choice. And if you're chasing the last trace of brilliance in a darkened home cinema, you'd rather listen without any cover at all anyway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most consistent choice for a bright interior: white wall, white speaker, white front – and the LCR becomes a picture on the wall rather than a piece of equipment. It's also the obvious solution as a replacement for a damaged cover, since a torn grille stands out especially on a light-coloured speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front cover \/ front grille (single unit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon LCR MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixing pins, mounts integrated into the driver surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acoustic fabric on a composite frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther factory colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shadow Black, Mountain Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker dimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 285 × 482 × 128 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrille depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 12 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.4 kg per unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Single unit (1 × front cover)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the white grille the same colour as the Satin White cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot exactly. The cabinet is lacquered, the grille is covered in fabric – lacquer and textile reflect light differently, so a slight colour difference remains visible. From the factory, DALI pairs the white cabinet with light grey fabric. If you want a completely uniform look, compare both variants side by side beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille affect the sound?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot audibly in everyday use. The fabric is chosen to be acoustically transparent so that sound passes through practically unimpeded. On measurement, a minimal effect remains in the treble – if that matters to you, you can pull the cover off by hand in a second and put it back on afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I put the white grille on a black LCR?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, mechanically it fits any Opticon LCR MK2, regardless of the cabinet finish. Visually it becomes a deliberate contrast: light front, dark frame all around. Some people like exactly that, others find it busy. There's nothing against it technically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the white Opticon LCR MK2 grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we ask before you order: which generation do you have, which finish, how many units? HD Zürisee in Wädenswil has supported DALI for many years and orders exactly the right spare part. Get in touch at 044 680 22 00, via WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching on-wall speaker under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/wandlautsprecher\"\u003eOn-Wall Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, its partners for the cinema under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino-lautsprecher\"\u003eHome Cinema Speakers\u003c\/a\u003e. The whole brand is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989503734096,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-lcr-mk2-grille-weiss-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785850662"},{"product_id":"daliopticonvokalmk2grilleblack","title":"DALI Opticon Vokal MK2 Grille, Black","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon Vokal MK2 grille is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon Vokal MK2 – acoustically transparent fabric on a form-fitting frame that protects the cones and tweeter without bending dialogue out of shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version carries the black covering that DALI pairs from the factory with the cabinets in Satin Black and Tobacco Oak. Under a TV, black is the sensible colour anyway: whatever stays dark next to the picture doesn't distract during a film.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the integrated clip mount?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the Opticon MK2, the mounts sit in the surrounds of the woofer\/midrange and tweeter; that's exactly where the grille's mounting pins engage. No drill holes in the 25 mm thick baffle, no visible fasteners, no tools – and nothing that could rattle during an action scene. That matters especially for the center, since it works the hardest of all in a film.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single piece for exactly one center. The frame covers the full front area of the Vokal MK2, including both wood fibre woofer\/midrange drivers left and right and the hybrid tweeter in the middle. Whether the center sits on the sideboard or in a rack doesn't matter – the pins hold in any position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain talk: in a fully optimised home cinema, critical listeners prefer no grille at all, because any fabric in front of the tweeter physically costs a touch of detail. In the living room, though, the center sits at hip height right next to playing children and curious cats – there, the grille is simply insurance. If you only want to leave it off for looks, know this: replacing a dented dome costs a lot more than replacing a fabric cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most unassuming accessory with the best ratio of effort to benefit. Black suits almost any TV cabinet, forgives dust and turns a center back into a clean, closed component. As a replacement for a damaged cover, it's the obvious first choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ front grille (single piece)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon Vokal MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounting pins, sockets integrated into the driver surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on plastic frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther factory colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mountain Grey, Marshmallow White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker dimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 435 × 201 × 312 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrille dimensions (H × W):\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 161 × 435 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.5 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included:\u003c\/strong\u003e single piece (1 × front cover)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille affect speech intelligibility?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot audibly. The fabric is designed to be acoustically transparent, voices come through clearly and present. Measurably, there's a minimal effect right at the very top of the treble – if you want every last detail for movie night, you can pull the cover off by hand in a second.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille rattle with heavy deep bass in a film?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The form-fitting frame and the mounting pins, which sit in the driver surrounds, pull the cover flush against the baffle. There's no play left for anything to vibrate – not even when something big explodes on screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this grille also fit the Opticon LCR MK2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Vokal MK2 and the LCR MK2 have different front areas and driver layouts, the covers aren't interchangeable. There's a dedicated grille for the LCR – in the same three colours, so a mixed front still looks unified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the black Opticon Vokal MK2 grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause replacement parts only bring satisfaction when they fit right away. We at HD Zürisee in Wädenswil check against your exact model whether you really need the MK2 version, and order accordingly. Reach us on 044 680 22 00, via WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or at shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching center and its companions under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino-lautsprecher\"\u003eHome cinema speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, the rest of the chain under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino\"\u003eHome cinema\u003c\/a\u003e. The whole brand is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989504160080,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-vokal-mk2-grille-schwarz-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785849925"},{"product_id":"daliopticonvokalmk2grillegrey","title":"DALI Opticon Vokal MK2 Grille, Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon Vokal MK2 grille is the clip-on front cover for the DALI Opticon Vokal MK2 – acoustically transparent fabric on a form-fitting frame that protects the cones and tweeter without bending dialogue out of shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version carries the grey covering that DALI includes from the factory with the cabinet in Satin White. On a light-coloured sideboard under the TV it looks calmer than a black front – and if the TV cabinet itself is grey, the center practically disappears into it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the integrated clip solution?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the Opticon MK2, the mounts sit in the surrounds of the woofer\/midrange and tweeter, into which the grille's mounting pins engage. There are no drill holes in the 25 mm thick baffle, no visible fasteners, no tools – and nothing that could vibrate during an action scene. For the center, which works the hardest of all in a film, that's worth its weight in gold.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single piece for exactly one center. The frame covers the full front area of the Vokal MK2 – both wood fibre woofer\/midrange drivers on the outside and the hybrid tweeter module in the middle. It sits equally well whether the center stands freely on the furniture or lies in a rack compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain talk: if you run the center in a dark cinema room and want every last detail on movie night, leave the covering off – fabric in front of the tweeter always costs a touch physically. Grey is the colour for light living rooms and grey furniture; in front of a black cabinet on a dark TV stand, though, it looks like a light stripe you really do notice. In that case, black is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe diplomatic colour. Grey gets along with light wood, with concrete and with most TV furniture without pushing itself forward, and shows dust later than white. As a replacement for a worn or torn covering, a small item with an immediately visible effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ front grille (single piece)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon Vokal MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e clip pins, sockets integrated into the driver surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on plastic frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther factory colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shadow Black, Marshmallow White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker dimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 435 × 201 × 312 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrille dimensions (H × W):\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 161 × 435 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.5 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included:\u003c\/strong\u003e single piece (1 × front cover)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich cabinet finish does the grey grille suit best?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSatin White. DALI includes the light-coloured covering with the white Opticon Vokal MK2 from the factory, and the black covering with the dark finishes Satin Black and Tobacco Oak. As an accessory you can mix and match freely – what ultimately matters is the colour of your TV furniture, not the speaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave the grille on permanently?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that's what it's built for. The fabric is acoustically transparent, you won't hear a difference in everyday use. Only take it off if you want to listen critically or need to vacuum dust off – thanks to the clip mount, that's a matter of seconds, no tools required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the grille fit the first-generation Opticon Vokal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Between the original Opticon series and the MK2, the front area and mounting points changed. This cover belongs exclusively to the Vokal MK2. If you're unsure which generation you have, send us a photo of the front – we'll identify it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy order the grey Vokal MK2 grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we know DALI's spare parts programme and pick the right item variant instead of leaving you to search the catalogue. HD Zürisee is based in Wädenswil, has supported the brand for years and replies quickly: 044 680 22 00, WhatsApp \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching center and its companions under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino-lautsprecher\"\u003eHome cinema speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, the rest of the chain under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino\"\u003eHome cinema\u003c\/a\u003e. The whole brand is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989504192848,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-vokal-mk2-grille-grau-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785849925"},{"product_id":"daliopticonvokalmk2grillewhite","title":"DALI Opticon Vokal MK2 Grille, White","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe DALI Opticon Vokal MK2 grille is the tool-free removable front cover for the DALI Opticon Vokal MK2 – acoustically transparent fabric on a form-fitting frame that protects the cones and tweeter without bending dialogue out of shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis version carries the white covering. DALI includes a light grey grille with the Satin White cabinet from the factory – the white one is the accessory variant for anyone who wants it even brighter and more uniform under the TV. On a white sideboard, that's the difference between \"you notice it\" and \"you don't\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy the integrated clip mount?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the Opticon MK2, the mounts are integrated into the surrounds of the woofer\/midrange and tweeter; that's where the grille's mounting pins engage. No drill holes in the 25 mm thick baffle, no visible fasteners, no tools. With a light-coloured covering, that counts double: there are no dark mounting points that could show through the thin fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat you get\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single piece for exactly one center. The frame covers the complete front area of the Vokal MK2, meaning both wood fibre woofer\/midrange drivers and the hybrid tweeter module in between. It holds equally reliably whether the center stands freely on the furniture or lies in a rack compartment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWho is the grille suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlain talk: white is the colour for bright living rooms – and the most demanding to maintain. Right under a TV, a light fabric front catches dust more visibly than grey or black, and a fingerprint stays a fingerprint. If you run the center in a dark cinema room or have small children in the house, grey or black is the lower-maintenance choice. If you want to carry a bright interior through consistently, though, there's no way around white.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOur verdict\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVisually the boldest of the three colours and, in a bright room, the only right one. The center stops looking like a black bar under the screen and blends into the furniture. In exchange, you accept the occasional vacuuming – a fair trade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical data\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e front cover \/ front grille (single piece)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e DALI Opticon Vokal MK2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e clip mount via pins in the driver surrounds (tool-free)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e acoustic fabric on plastic frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOther factory colours:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shadow Black, Mountain Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeaker dimensions (W × H × D):\u003c\/strong\u003e 435 × 201 × 312 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrille dimensions (H × W):\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 161 × 435 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 0.5 kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's included:\u003c\/strong\u003e single piece (1 × front cover)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the white grille an exact colour match to the Satin White cabinet?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot one hundred percent. The cabinet is lacquered, the grille is covered in fabric – paint and textile reflect light differently. DALI actually pairs the white cabinet with light grey fabric from the factory. If absolute uniformity matters to you, compare both variants side by side beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I keep a white covering clean?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTake it off and vacuum it with a soft brush attachment or on the lowest setting, following the direction of the fabric. No water, no cleaning agents, no adhesive tape – that pulls fibres. Because the grille is only clipped on, it lies on the table in seconds, so you clean it comfortably instead of wiping around on the speaker itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need several grilles for a whole front?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, every box carries its own. This one belongs exclusively to the Vokal MK2; there are dedicated covers, available in the same colours, for the floorstanding and on-wall models in the Opticon MK2 series. That way a mixed home cinema front still looks visually unified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy buy the white Vokal MK2 grille from HD Zürisee?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause we ask beforehand what you actually have, and then order the right part. HD Zürisee in Wädenswil has worked with DALI for many years and clarifies colour, generation and quantity in a short conversation. Call us on 044 680 22 00, message us on WhatsApp at \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/wa.me\/41765342200\"\u003e076 534 22 00\u003c\/a\u003e (text only, no calls) or at shop@hdzuerisee.ch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll find the matching center and its companions under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino-lautsprecher\"\u003eHome cinema speakers\u003c\/a\u003e, the rest of the chain under \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/heimkino\"\u003eHome cinema\u003c\/a\u003e. The whole brand is in the \u003ca href=\"\/en-ch\/collections\/dali\"\u003eDALI\u003c\/a\u003e overview.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"DALI","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52989504225616,"sku":null,"price":49.9,"currency_code":"CHF","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/files\/dali-opticon-vokal-mk2-grille-weiss-schraegansicht.jpg?v=1785849951"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0932\/3262\/8048\/collections\/analogis-brush-4-the-goat-ziegenhaar-buerste-schallplatten-frontansicht-kategorie.jpg?v=1788957636","url":"https:\/\/hdzuerisee.ch\/en-ch\/collections\/zubehor.oembed?page=10","provider":"HD Zürisee AG","version":"1.0","type":"link"}